Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Edmondson <david.edmondson@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210310170528.1184868-9-philmd@redhat.com>
There is multiple places resetting the internal state machine.
Factor the code out in a new pflash_reset_state_machine() method.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Edmondson <david.edmondson@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210310170528.1184868-8-philmd@redhat.com>
The same pattern is used when setting the flash in READ_ARRAY mode:
- Set the state machine command to READ_ARRAY
- Reset the write_cycle counter
- Reset the memory region in ROMD
Refactor the current code by extracting this pattern.
It is used three times:
- When the timer expires and not in bypass mode
- On a read access (on invalid command).
- When the device is initialized. Here the ROMD mode is hidden
by the memory_region_init_rom_device() call.
pflash_register_memory(rom_mode=true) already sets the ROM device
in "read array" mode (from I/O device to ROM one). Explicit that
by renaming the function as pflash_mode_read_array(), adding
a trace event and resetting wcycle.
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Edmondson <david.edmondson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210310170528.1184868-7-philmd@redhat.com>
There is only one call to pflash_register_memory() with
rom_mode == false. As we want to modify pflash_register_memory()
in the next patch, open-code this trivial function in place for
the 'rom_mode == false' case.
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Edmondson <david.edmondson@oracle.com>
Message-Id: <20210310170528.1184868-6-philmd@redhat.com>
There is only one call to pflash_setup_mappings(). Convert 'rom_mode'
to boolean and set it to true directly within pflash_setup_mappings().
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Edmondson <david.edmondson@oracle.com>
Message-Id: <20210310170528.1184868-5-philmd@redhat.com>
Fill the CFI table in out of DeviceRealize() in a new function:
pflash_cfi02_fill_cfi_table().
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Edmondson <david.edmondson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210310170528.1184868-4-philmd@redhat.com>
Fill the CFI table in out of DeviceRealize() in a new function:
pflash_cfi01_fill_cfi_table().
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Edmondson <david.edmondson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210310170528.1184868-3-philmd@redhat.com>
We are going to move this code, fix its style first.
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Edmondson <david.edmondson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210310170528.1184868-2-philmd@redhat.com>
The 'scsi-hd' and 'scsi-cd' devices provide suitable alternatives.
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrangé <berrange@redhat.com>
The 'ide-hd' and 'ide-cd' devices provide suitable alternatives.
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrangé <berrange@redhat.com>
The newer 'query-cpus-fast' command avoids side effects on the guest
execution. Note that some of the field names are different in the
'query-cpus-fast' command.
Reviewed-by: Wainer dos Santos Moschetta <wainersm@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Wainer dos Santos Moschetta <wainersm@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel P. Berrangé <berrange@redhat.com>
- get rid of legacy_s390_alloc() and phys_mem_set_alloc()
- tcg: implement the MVPG condition-code-option bit
- fix g_autofree variable handing in the pci vfio code
- use official z15 names in the cpu model definitions
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=8eNE
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge remote-tracking branch 'remotes/cohuck-gitlab/tags/s390x-20210316' into staging
s390x updates:
- get rid of legacy_s390_alloc() and phys_mem_set_alloc()
- tcg: implement the MVPG condition-code-option bit
- fix g_autofree variable handing in the pci vfio code
- use official z15 names in the cpu model definitions
# gpg: Signature made Tue 16 Mar 2021 10:04:21 GMT
# gpg: using RSA key C3D0D66DC3624FF6A8C018CEDECF6B93C6F02FAF
# gpg: issuer "cohuck@redhat.com"
# gpg: Good signature from "Cornelia Huck <conny@cornelia-huck.de>" [unknown]
# gpg: aka "Cornelia Huck <huckc@linux.vnet.ibm.com>" [full]
# gpg: aka "Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>" [full]
# gpg: aka "Cornelia Huck <cohuck@kernel.org>" [unknown]
# gpg: aka "Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>" [unknown]
# Primary key fingerprint: C3D0 D66D C362 4FF6 A8C0 18CE DECF 6B93 C6F0 2FAF
* remotes/cohuck-gitlab/tags/s390x-20210316:
s390x/pci: Add missing initialization for g_autofree variables
target/s390x: Store r1/r2 for page-translation exceptions during MVPG
target/s390x: Implement the MVPG condition-code-option bit
s390x/cpu_model: use official name for 8562
exec: Get rid of phys_mem_set_alloc()
s390x/kvm: Get rid of legacy_s390_alloc()
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Add a Kconfig entry for guest-loader so we can optionally deselect
it (default is built in), and add a Meson dependency on libfdt.
This fixes when building with --disable-fdt:
/usr/bin/ld: libcommon.fa.p/hw_core_guest-loader.c.o: in function `loader_insert_platform_data':
hw/core/guest-loader.c:56: undefined reference to `qemu_fdt_add_subnode'
/usr/bin/ld: hw/core/guest-loader.c:57: undefined reference to `qemu_fdt_setprop'
/usr/bin/ld: hw/core/guest-loader.c:61: undefined reference to `qemu_fdt_setprop_string_array'
/usr/bin/ld: hw/core/guest-loader.c:68: undefined reference to `qemu_fdt_setprop_string'
/usr/bin/ld: hw/core/guest-loader.c:74: undefined reference to `qemu_fdt_setprop_string_array'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Fixes: a33ff6d2c6 ("hw/core: implement a guest-loader to support static hypervisor guests")
Reported-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Message-Id: <20210315170439.2868903-1-philmd@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
The original implementation of the Macintosh VIA devices in commit 6dca62a000
"hw/m68k: add VIA support" used timer optimisations to reduce high CPU usage on
the host when booting Linux. These optimisations worked by waiting until VIA1
port B was accessed before re-arming the timers.
The MacOS toolbox ROM constantly writes to VIA1 port B which calls
via1_one_second_update() and via1_sixty_hz_update() to calculate the new expiry
time, causing the timers to constantly reset and never fire. The effect of this
is that the Ticks (0x16a) global variable holding the number of 60Hz timer ticks
since reset is never incremented by the interrupt causing time to stand still.
Whilst the code was introduced as a performance optimisation, it is likely that
the high CPU usage was actually caused by the incorrect 60Hz timer interval
fixed in the previous patch. Remove the optimisation to keep everything simple
and enable the MacOS toolbox ROM to start keeping time.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210311100505.22596-8-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
The 60Hz timer is initialised using timer_new_ns() meaning that the timer
interval should be measured in ns, and therefore its period is a thousand
times too short.
Use a define for the 60Hz timer period taking the more precise value as
documented in the Guide To The Macintosh Family Hardware.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Reviewed-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Message-Id: <20210311100505.22596-7-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
According to the "Guide To The Macintosh Family Hardware", the 60Hz VIA1 timer
on newer Macs such as the Quadra only exists for compatibility with old software
and is no longer synced to the VBL interval.
Rename the VBL timer to 60Hz timer to emphasise this and to prevent confusion
when the real VBL interrupt (now handled as a NuBus slot interrupt) is added in
future.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Reviewed-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Message-Id: <20210311100505.22596-6-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
The current workaround for the Linux ADB state machine in kernels < 5.6 switching
the VIA back to IDLE state between send and receive modes is to re-inject the
first byte of the response in the IDLE state, and then force the state machine
into generating an autopoll reply.
In fact what is happening is much simpler: analysis of traces from a real Quadra
suggest that the existing data is returned as the first autopoll response rather
than generating an immediate response starting whilst still in IDLE state.
Update the ADB receive code to work in the same way, which allows the re-injection
code to be completely removed from adb_via_receive() and for adb_via_poll() to
be simplified accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Message-Id: <20210311100505.22596-5-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
The MacOS SCSI driver uses a long access to read the VIA registers rather than
just a single byte during the message out phase.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210311100505.22596-4-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
The use of the post-increment operator on adb_data_in_index meant that the
trace-event was accidentally displaying the next byte in the incoming ADB
data buffer rather than the current byte.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210311100505.22596-3-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Since all the documentation uses the hex offsets, this makes it much easier
to see what is going on.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210311100505.22596-2-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
QEMU timer of channel 0 in i8254 is used to raise irq
at the specified moment of time. This irq can be disabled
with irq_disabled flag. But when vmstate of the pit is
loaded, timer may be rearmed despite the disabled interrupts.
This patch adds irq_disabled flag check to fix that.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Dovgalyuk <Pavel.Dovgalyuk@ispras.ru>
Message-Id: <161537170060.6654.9430112746749476215.stgit@pasha-ThinkPad-X280>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
For testing, it can be useful to simulate an enormous amount of memory
(e.g. 2^64 RAM). This adds an MMIO device that acts as sparse memory.
When something writes a nonzero value to a sparse-mem address, we
allocate a block of memory. For now, since the only user of this device
is the fuzzer, we do not track and free zeroed blocks. The device has a
very low priority (so it can be mapped beneath actual RAM, and virtual
device MMIO regions).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bulekov <alxndr@bu.edu>
Reviewed-by: Darren Kenny <darren.kenny@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
For now the switch of vfio dirty page tracking is integrated into
@vfio_save_handler. The reason is that some PCI vendor driver may
start to track dirty base on _SAVING state of device, so if dirty
tracking is started before setting device state, vfio will report
full-dirty to QEMU.
However, the dirty bmap of all ramblocks are fully set when setup
ram saving, so it's not matter whether the device is in _SAVING
state when start vfio dirty tracking.
Moreover, this logic causes some problems [1]. The object of dirty
tracking is guest memory, but the object of @vfio_save_handler is
device state, which produces unnecessary coupling and conflicts:
1. Coupling: Their saving granule is different (perVM vs perDevice).
vfio will enable dirty_page_tracking for each devices, actually
once is enough.
2. Conflicts: The ram_save_setup() traverses all memory_listeners
to execute their log_start() and log_sync() hooks to get the
first round dirty bitmap, which is used by the bulk stage of
ram saving. However, as vfio dirty tracking is not yet started,
it can't get dirty bitmap from vfio. Then we give up the chance
to handle vfio dirty page at bulk stage.
Move the switch of vfio dirty_page_tracking into vfio_memory_listener
can solve above problems. Besides, Do not require devices in SAVING
state for vfio_sync_dirty_bitmap().
[1] https://www.spinics.net/lists/kvm/msg229967.html
Reported-by: Zenghui Yu <yuzenghui@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Keqian Zhu <zhukeqian1@huawei.com>
Suggested-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210309031913.11508-1-zhukeqian1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
The cpu_physical_memory_set_dirty_lebitmap() can quickly deal with
the dirty pages of memory by bitmap-traveling, regardless of whether
the bitmap is aligned correctly or not.
cpu_physical_memory_set_dirty_lebitmap() supports pages in bitmap of
host page size. So it'd better to set bitmap_pgsize to host page size
to support more translation granule sizes.
[aw: The Fixes commit below introduced code to restrict migration
support to configurations where the target page size intersects the
host dirty page support. For example, a 4K guest on a 4K host.
Due to the above flexibility in bitmap handling, this restriction
unnecessarily prevents mixed target/host pages size that could
otherwise be supported. Use host page size for dirty bitmap.]
Fixes: 87ea529c50 ("vfio: Get migration capability flags for container")
Signed-off-by: Kunkun Jiang <jiangkunkun@huawei.com>
Message-Id: <20210304133446.1521-1-jiangkunkun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
In VFIO migration resume phase and some guest startups, there are
already unmasked vectors in the vector table when calling
vfio_msix_enable(). So in order to avoid inefficiently disabling
and enabling vectors repeatedly, let's allocate all needed vectors
first and then enable these unmasked vectors one by one without
disabling.
Signed-off-by: Shenming Lu <lushenming@huawei.com>
Message-Id: <20210310030233.1133-4-lushenming@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
In the VFIO VM state change handler when stopping the VM, the _RUNNING
bit in device_state is cleared which makes the VFIO device stop, including
no longer generating interrupts. Then we can save the pending states of
all interrupts in the GIC VM state change handler (on ARM).
So we have to set the priority of the VFIO VM state change handler
explicitly (like virtio devices) to ensure it is called before the
GIC's in saving.
Signed-off-by: Shenming Lu <lushenming@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210310030233.1133-3-lushenming@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
On ARM64 the VFIO SET_IRQS ioctl is dependent on the VM interrupt
setup, if the restoring of the VFIO PCI device config space is
before the VGIC, an error might occur in the kernel.
So we move the saving of the config space to the non-iterable
process, thus it will be called after the VGIC according to
their priorities.
As for the possible dependence of the device specific migration
data on it's config space, we can let the vendor driver to
include any config info it needs in its own data stream.
Signed-off-by: Shenming Lu <lushenming@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Kirti Wankhede <kwankhede@nvidia.com>
Message-Id: <20210310030233.1133-2-lushenming@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Previous work on dev-iotlb message broke spapr_iommu/vhost integration
as it did for SMMU and virtio-iommu. The spapr_iommu currently
only sends IOMMU_NOTIFIER_UNMAP notifications. Since commit
958ec334bc ("vhost: Unbreak SMMU and virtio-iommu on dev-iotlb support"),
VHOST first tries to register IOMMU_NOTIFIER_DEVIOTLB_UNMAP notifier
and if it fails, falls back to legacy IOMMU_NOTIFIER_UNMAP. So
spapr_iommu must fail on the IOMMU_NOTIFIER_DEVIOTLB_UNMAP
registration.
Reported-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Fixes: b68ba1ca57 ("memory: Add IOMMU_NOTIFIER_DEVIOTLB_UNMAP IOMMUTLBNotificationType")
Signed-off-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210209213233.40985-3-eric.auger@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
In an attempt to fix smmu/virtio-iommu - vhost regression, commit
958ec334bc ("vhost: Unbreak SMMU and virtio-iommu on dev-iotlb support")
broke virtio-iommu integration. This is due to the fact VFIO registers
IOMMU_NOTIFIER_ALL notifiers, which includes IOMMU_NOTIFIER_DEVIOTLB_UNMAP
and this latter now is rejected by the virtio-iommu. As a consequence,
the registration fails. VHOST behaves like a device with an ATC cache. The
VFIO device does not support this scheme yet.
Let's register only legacy MAP and UNMAP notifiers.
Fixes: 958ec334bc ("vhost: Unbreak SMMU and virtio-iommu on dev-iotlb support")
Signed-off-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210209213233.40985-2-eric.auger@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Follow the inclusive terminology from the "Conscious Language in your
Open Source Projects" guidelines [*] and replace the word "blacklist"
appropriately.
[*] https://github.com/conscious-lang/conscious-lang-docs/blob/main/faq.md
Reviewed-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel P. Berrangé <berrange@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210205171817.2108907-9-philmd@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
There is an obvious typo in the function name of the .log_sync() callback.
Spell it correctly.
Signed-off-by: Zenghui Yu <yuzenghui@huawei.com>
Message-Id: <20201204014240.772-1-yuzenghui@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@redhat.com>
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJgTx3xAAoJEO8Ells5jWIRtBsH/2MCZJKg4wTB4a7qAYTyuUmZ
qz1Z8d5J1JSyAQiiUN+lFo1Gtpuqpyci4CT5gHz4ru2UV9DBJy9cDGApug66QOM8
stbztOeRIfcLLeWCepQIoSESteesiyMM6h1Q/x9lF87eN7JXrNmACp+jAhTDHq1B
QFwYVGLwkaFkvE9G04yzCZSo37+j2nPAauIuoJs1B01on6a5hj7Isdumn2P1TGyz
6nJTkyWLsPzEM+lGMfxYdMpnELibJ935CX78DGcnZK9qhI7rw4xLFuZtyTW+N+B8
h5OX9aCqrIF5AX7xNTvQeQwclnEe+KzBUwkbDJARViEUDOoKfb6t1Yv+3Xghdqo=
=57xH
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge remote-tracking branch 'remotes/jasowang/tags/net-pull-request' into staging
# gpg: Signature made Mon 15 Mar 2021 08:42:25 GMT
# gpg: using RSA key EF04965B398D6211
# gpg: Good signature from "Jason Wang (Jason Wang on RedHat) <jasowang@redhat.com>" [marginal]
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with sufficiently trusted signatures!
# gpg: It is not certain that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 215D 46F4 8246 689E C77F 3562 EF04 965B 398D 6211
* remotes/jasowang/tags/net-pull-request:
net: Do not fill legacy info_str for backends
hmp: Use QAPI NetdevInfo in hmp_info_network
net: Move NetClientState.info_str to dynamic allocations
tests: Add tests for query-netdev command
qapi: net: Add query-netdev command
pvrdma: wean code off pvrdma_ring.h kernel header
lan9118: switch to use qemu_receive_packet() for loopback
cadence_gem: switch to use qemu_receive_packet() for loopback
pcnet: switch to use qemu_receive_packet() for loopback
rtl8139: switch to use qemu_receive_packet() for loopback
tx_pkt: switch to use qemu_receive_packet_iov() for loopback
sungem: switch to use qemu_receive_packet() for loopback
msf2-mac: switch to use qemu_receive_packet() for loopback
dp8393x: switch to use qemu_receive_packet() for loopback packet
e1000: switch to use qemu_receive_packet() for loopback
net: introduce qemu_receive_packet()
e1000: fail early for evil descriptor
net: validate that ids are well formed
net: Fix build error when DEBUG_NET is on
virtio-net: calculating proper msix vectors on init
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
# Conflicts:
# hw/core/machine.c
Replaced a call to qemu_mutex_lock and its respective call to
qemu_mutex_unlock and used QEMU_LOCK_GUARD macro in their place.
This simplifies the code by removing the call required to unlock
and also eliminates goto paths.
Signed-off-by: Mahmoud Mandour <ma.mandourr@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Christian Schoenebeck <qemu_oss@crudebyte.com>
Message-Id: <20210311031538.5325-9-ma.mandourr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Schoenebeck <qemu_oss@crudebyte.com>
The machine is based on Goldfish interfaces defined by Google
for Android simulator. It uses Goldfish-rtc (timer and RTC),
Goldfish-pic (PIC) and Goldfish-tty (for serial port and early tty).
The machine is created with 128 virtio-mmio bus, and they can
be used to use serial console, GPU, disk, NIC, HID, ...
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210312214145.2936082-6-laurent@vivier.eu>
Add a system controller for the m68k-virt machine.
This controller allows the kernel to power off or reset the machine.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210312214145.2936082-5-laurent@vivier.eu>
A (generic) copy of the GLUE device we already have for q800 to use with
the m68k-virt machine.
The q800 one would disappear in the future as q800 uses actually the djMEMC
controller.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210312214145.2936082-4-laurent@vivier.eu>
Implement the goldfish pic device as defined in
https://android.googlesource.com/platform/external/qemu/+/master/docs/GOLDFISH-VIRTUAL-HARDWARE.TXT
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210312214145.2936082-3-laurent@vivier.eu>
Stale data in csw (specifically residue) can confuse the state machine
and allows the guest trigger an assert(). So clear csw on reset to
avoid this happening in case the guest resets the device in the middle
of a request.
Buglink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/qemu/+bug/1523811
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210312094954.796799-1-kraxel@redhat.com>
Add new kconfig symbols so usb-storage and usb-bot can
be enabled or disabled individually at build time.
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210312090425.772900-5-kraxel@redhat.com>
In preparation for splitting the usb-storage.c file move
declarations to the new usb/msd.h header file.
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210312090425.772900-2-kraxel@redhat.com>
Extract the VT82C686 PCI UHCI function into a new unit so
it is only build when the VT82C686 south bridge is selected.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210309190802.830969-4-f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Extract generic UHCI prototypes into a new "hcd-uhci.h" local
header so we can reuse them in other units.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210309190802.830969-3-f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
The VT82C686 south bridge provides a USB UHCI bus via a PCI function.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Message-Id: <20210309190802.830969-2-f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
When trying to remove the -usbdevice option, there were complaints that
"-usbdevice braille" is still a very useful shortcut for some people.
Thus we never remove this option. Since it's not such a big burden to
keep it around, and it's also convenient in the sense that you don't
have to worry to enable a host controller explicitly with this option,
we should remove it from he deprecation list again.
However, there is one exception: "-usbdevice audio" should go away, since
audio devices without "audiodev=..." parameter are also on the deprecation
list and you cannot use "-usbdevice audio" with "audiodev".
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210310173323.1422754-4-thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
No device needs them anymore and in fact they're undocumented.
Remove the code. The only change in behavior is that "-usbdevice
braille:hello" now reports an error, which is a bugfix.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Cc: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210310173323.1422754-2-thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
This property was only required for the pc-1.0 and earlier machine
types. Since these have been removed now, we can delete the property
as well.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210302120152.118042-1-thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
When declaring g_autofree variable without initialization, compiler
will raise "may be used uninitialized in this function" warning due
to automatic free handling.
This is mentioned in docs/devel/style.rst (quote from section
"Automatic memory deallocation"):
* Variables declared with g_auto* MUST always be initialized,
otherwise the cleanup function will use uninitialized stack memory
Add initialization for these declarations to prevent the warning and
comply with coding style.
Signed-off-by: Miroslav Rezanina <mrezanin@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Fixes: cd7498d07f ("s390x/pci: Add routine to get the vfio dma available count")
Fixes: 1e7552ff5c ("s390x/pci: get zPCI function info from host")
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <20210315101352.152888-1-mrezanin@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Report the configured granularity for discard operation to the
guest. If this is not set use the block size.
Since until now we have ignored the configured discard granularity
and always reported the block size, let's add
'report-discard-granularity' property and disable it for older
machine types to avoid migration issues.
Signed-off-by: Akihiko Odaki <akihiko.odaki@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Garzarella <sgarzare@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210225001239.47046-1-akihiko.odaki@gmail.com>
The info_str field of the NetClientState structure is static and has a size
of 256 bytes. This amount is often unclaimed, and the field itself is used
exclusively for HMP "info network".
The patch translates info_str to dynamic memory allocation.
This action is also allows us to painlessly discard usage of this field
for backend devices.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kirillov <lekiravi@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
The pvrdma code relies on the pvrdma_ring.h kernel header for some
basic ring buffer handling. The content of that header isn't very
exciting, but contains some (q)atomic_*() invocations that (a)
cause manual massaging when doing a headers update, and (b) are
an indication that we probably should not be importing that header
at all.
Let's reimplement the ring buffer handling directly in the pvrdma
code instead. This arguably also improves readability of the code.
Importing the header can now be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia.ml@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Yuval Shaia <yuval.shaia.ml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
This patch switches to use qemu_receive_packet() which can detect
reentrancy and return early.
This is intended to address CVE-2021-3416.
Cc: Prasad J Pandit <ppandit@redhat.com>
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bulekov <alxndr@bu.edu>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
This patch switches to use qemu_receive_packet() which can detect
reentrancy and return early.
This is intended to address CVE-2021-3416.
Cc: Prasad J Pandit <ppandit@redhat.com>
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bulekov <alxndr@bu.edu>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
This patch switches to use qemu_receive_packet() which can detect
reentrancy and return early.
This is intended to address CVE-2021-3416.
Cc: Prasad J Pandit <ppandit@redhat.com>
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Buglink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/qemu/+bug/1917085
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bulekov <alxndr@bu.edu>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
This patch switches to use qemu_receive_packet() which can detect
reentrancy and return early.
This is intended to address CVE-2021-3416.
Cc: Prasad J Pandit <ppandit@redhat.com>
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Buglink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/qemu/+bug/1910826
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bulekov <alxndr@bu.edu>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
This patch switches to use qemu_receive_receive_iov() which can detect
reentrancy and return early.
This is intended to address CVE-2021-3416.
Cc: Prasad J Pandit <ppandit@redhat.com>
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
This patch switches to use qemu_receive_packet() which can detect
reentrancy and return early.
This is intended to address CVE-2021-3416.
Cc: Prasad J Pandit <ppandit@redhat.com>
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Reviewed-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
This patch switches to use qemu_receive_packet() which can detect
reentrancy and return early.
This is intended to address CVE-2021-3416.
Cc: Prasad J Pandit <ppandit@redhat.com>
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
This patch switches to use qemu_receive_packet() which can detect
reentrancy and return early.
This is intended to address CVE-2021-3416.
Cc: Prasad J Pandit <ppandit@redhat.com>
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
This patch switches to use qemu_receive_packet() which can detect
reentrancy and return early.
This is intended to address CVE-2021-3416.
Cc: Prasad J Pandit <ppandit@redhat.com>
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
During procss_tx_desc(), driver can try to chain data descriptor with
legacy descriptor, when will lead underflow for the following
calculation in process_tx_desc() for bytes:
if (tp->size + bytes > msh)
bytes = msh - tp->size;
This will lead a infinite loop. So check and fail early if tp->size if
greater or equal to msh.
Reported-by: Alexander Bulekov <alxndr@bu.edu>
Reported-by: Cheolwoo Myung <cwmyung@snu.ac.kr>
Reported-by: Ruhr-University Bochum <bugs-syssec@rub.de>
Cc: Prasad J Pandit <ppandit@redhat.com>
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Currently, the default msix vectors for virtio-net-pci is 3 which is
obvious not suitable for multiqueue guest, so we depends on the user
or management tools to pass a correct vectors parameter. In fact, we
can simplifying this by calculating the number of vectors on realize.
Consider we have N queues, the number of vectors needed is 2*N + 2
(#queue pairs + plus one config interrupt and control vq). We didn't
check whether or not host support control vq because it was added
unconditionally by qemu to avoid breaking legacy guests such as Minix.
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: Stefano Garzarella <sgarzare@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Rolnik <mrolnik@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210313165445.2113938-3-f4bug@amsat.org>
Add the yellow "lime" LED.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Rolnik <mrolnik@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210313165445.2113938-2-f4bug@amsat.org>
The template header is now included only once; just inline its contents
in hw/display/pxa2xx_lcd.c.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20210211141515.8755-10-peter.maydell@linaro.org
We're about to move code from the template header into pxa2xx_lcd.c.
Before doing that, make coding style fixes so checkpatch doesn't
complain about the patch which moves the code. This commit is
whitespace changes only:
* avoid hard-coded tabs
* fix ident on function prototypes
* no newline before open brace on array definitions
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20210211141515.8755-9-peter.maydell@linaro.org
We're about to move code from the template header into pxa2xx_lcd.c.
Before doing that, make coding style fixes so checkpatch doesn't
complain about the patch which moves the code. This commit fixes
missing braces in the SKIP_PIXEL() macro definition and in if()
statements.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20210211141515.8755-8-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Now that BITS is always 32, expand out all its uses in the template
header, including removing now-useless uses of the glue() macro.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20210211141515.8755-7-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Since the dest_width is now always 4 because the output surface is
32bpp, we can replace the dest_width state field with a constant.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20210211141515.8755-6-peter.maydell@linaro.org
For a long time now the UI layer has guaranteed that the console
surface is always 32 bits per pixel. Remove the legacy dead code
from the pxa2xx_lcd display device which was handling the possibility
that the console surface was some other format.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20210211141515.8755-5-peter.maydell@linaro.org
BITS is always 32, so remove all uses of it from the template header,
by dropping the trailing '32' from the draw function names and
not constructing the name of rgb_to_pixel32() via the glue() macro.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20210211141515.8755-4-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The pl110_template.h header has a doubly-nested multiple-include pattern:
* pl110.c includes it once for each host bit depth (now always 32)
* every time it is included, it includes itself 6 times, to account
for multiple guest device pixel and byte orders
Now we only have to deal with 32-bit host bit depths, we can move the
code corresponding to the outer layer of this double-nesting to be
directly in pl110.c and reduce the template header to a single layer
of nesting.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20210211141515.8755-3-peter.maydell@linaro.org
For a long time now the UI layer has guaranteed that the console
surface is always 32 bits per pixel. Remove the legacy dead
code from the pl110 display device which was handling the
possibility that the console surface was some other format.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20210211141515.8755-2-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Trace all accesses to Internal Space Decode (ISD) registers.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Message-Id: <20210309142630.728014-6-f4bug@amsat.org>
We want to trace all register accesses. First rename the current
gt64120_read / gt64120_write events with '_intreg' suffix, as they
are restricted to interrupt registers.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Message-Id: <20210309142630.728014-5-f4bug@amsat.org>
Fix the following typos:
- GT_PCI1_CFGDATA is not a timer register but a PCI one,
- zero-padding flag is out of the format
Fixes: 641ca2bfcd ("hw/mips/gt64xxx_pci: Use qemu_log_mask() instead of debug printf()")
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Message-Id: <20210309142630.728014-4-f4bug@amsat.org>
The ISD MemoryRegion is implemented for 32-bit accesses.
Simplify it by setting the MemoryRegionOps::impl min/max
access size fields.
Since the region is registered with a size of 0x1000 bytes,
we can remove the hwaddr mask.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Message-Id: <20210309142630.728014-3-f4bug@amsat.org>
The ISD I/O region belongs to the TYPE_GT64120_PCI_HOST_BRIDGE,
so initialize it before it is realized, not after.
Rename the region as 'gt64120-isd' so it is clearer to realize
it belongs to the GT64120 in the memory tree view.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Message-Id: <20210309142630.728014-2-f4bug@amsat.org>
This patch adds fan_splitters (split IRQs) in NPCM7XX boards. Each fan
splitter corresponds to 1 PWM output and can connect to multiple fan
inputs (MFT devices).
In NPCM7XX boards(NPCM750 EVB and Quanta GSJ boards), we initializes
these splitters and connect them to their corresponding modules
according their specific device trees.
Reviewed-by: Doug Evans <dje@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tyrone Ting <kfting@nuvoton.com>
Signed-off-by: Hao Wu <wuhaotsh@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210311180855.149764-5-wuhaotsh@google.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This patch implements Multi Function Timer (MFT) module for NPCM7XX.
This module is mainly used to configure PWM fans. It has just enough
functionality to make the PWM fan kernel module work.
The module takes two input, the max_rpm of a fan (modifiable via QMP)
and duty cycle (a GPIO from the PWM module.) The actual measured RPM
is equal to max_rpm * duty_cycle / NPCM7XX_PWM_MAX_DUTY. The RPM is
measured as a counter compared to a prescaled input clock. The kernel
driver reads this counter and report to user space.
Refs:
https://github.com/torvalds/linux/blob/master/drivers/hwmon/npcm750-pwm-fan.c
Reviewed-by: Doug Evans <dje@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tyrone Ting <kfting@nuvoton.com>
Signed-off-by: Hao Wu <wuhaotsh@google.com>
Message-id: 20210311180855.149764-3-wuhaotsh@google.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This patch adds GPIOs in NPCM7xx PWM module for its duty values.
The purpose of this is to connect it to the MFT module to provide
an input for measuring a PWM fan's RPM. Each PWM module has
NPCM7XX_PWM_PER_MODULE of GPIOs, each one corresponds to
one PWM instance and can connect to multiple fan instances in MFT.
Reviewed-by: Doug Evans <dje@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tyrone Ting <kfting@nuvoton.com>
Signed-off-by: Hao Wu <wuhaotsh@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210311180855.149764-2-wuhaotsh@google.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The virt machine already checks KVM_CAP_ARM_VM_IPA_SIZE to get the
upper bound of the IPA size. If that bound is lower than the highest
possible GPA for the machine, then QEMU will error out. However, the
IPA is set to 40 when the highest GPA is less than or equal to 40,
even when KVM may support an IPA limit as low as 32. This means KVM
may fail the VM creation unnecessarily. Additionally, 40 is selected
with the value 0, which means use the default, and that gets around
a check in some versions of KVM, causing a difficult to debug fail.
Always use the IPA size that corresponds to the highest possible GPA,
unless it's lower than 32, in which case use 32. Also, we must still
use 0 when KVM only supports the legacy fixed 40 bit IPA.
Suggested-by: Marc Zyngier <maz@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jones <drjones@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Zyngier <maz@kernel.org>
Message-id: 20210310135218.255205-3-drjones@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
If the SSECounter link is absent, we set an error message
in sse_timer_realize() but forgot to propagate this error.
Add the missing 'return'.
Fixes: CID 1450755 (Null pointer dereferences)
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20210312001845.1562670-1-f4bug@amsat.org
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Currently the emulated EMAC for sun8i always traverses the transmit queue
from the head when transferring packets. It searches for a list of consecutive
descriptors whichs are flagged as ready for processing and transmits their payloads
accordingly. The controller stops processing once it finds a descriptor that is not
marked ready.
While the above behaviour works in most situations, it is not the same as the actual
EMAC in hardware. Actual hardware uses the TX_CUR_DESC register value to keep track
of the last position in the transmit queue and continues processing from that position
when software triggers the start of DMA processing. The currently emulated behaviour can
lead to packet loss on transmit when software fills the transmit queue with ready
descriptors that overlap the tail of the circular list.
This commit modifies the emulated EMAC for sun8i such that it processes
the transmit queue using the TX_CUR_DESC register in the same way as hardware.
Signed-off-by: Niek Linnenbank <nieklinnenbank@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20210310195820.21950-2-nieklinnenbank@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Convert all sid printouts to sid=0x%x.
Signed-off-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20210309102742.30442-8-eric.auger@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
If the whole SID range (32b) is invalidated (SMMU_CMD_CFGI_ALL),
@end overflows and we fail to handle the command properly.
Once this gets fixed, the current code really is awkward in the
sense it loops over the whole range instead of removing the
currently cached configs through a hash table lookup.
Fix both the overflow and the lookup.
Signed-off-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210309102742.30442-7-eric.auger@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
As of today, the driver can invalidate a number of pages that is
not a power of 2. However IOTLB unmap notifications and internal
IOTLB invalidations work with masks leading to erroneous
invalidations.
In case the range is not a power of 2, split invalidations into
power of 2 invalidations.
When looking for a single page entry in the vSMMU internal IOTLB,
let's make sure that if the entry is not found using a
g_hash_table_remove() we iterate over all the entries to find a
potential range that overlaps it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20210309102742.30442-6-eric.auger@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
If the asid is not set, do not attempt to locate the key directly
as all inserted keys have a valid asid.
Use g_hash_table_foreach_remove instead.
Signed-off-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20210309102742.30442-5-eric.auger@redhat.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Unmap notifiers work with an address mask assuming an
invalidation range of a power of 2. Nothing mandates this
in the VIRTIO-IOMMU spec.
So in case the range is not a power of 2, split it into
several invalidations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20210309102742.30442-4-eric.auger@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Currently get_naturally_aligned_size() is used by the intel iommu
to compute the maximum invalidation range based on @size which is
a power of 2 while being aligned with the @start address and less
than the maximum range defined by @gaw.
This helper is also useful for other iommu devices (virtio-iommu,
SMMUv3) to make sure IOMMU UNMAP notifiers only are called with
power of 2 range sizes.
Let's move this latter into dma-helpers.c and rename it into
dma_aligned_pow2_mask(). Also rewrite the helper so that it
accomodates UINT64_MAX values for the size mask and max mask.
It now returns a mask instead of a size. Change the caller.
Signed-off-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20210309102742.30442-3-eric.auger@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
With -Werror=maybe-uninitialized configuration we get
../hw/i386/intel_iommu.c: In function ‘vtd_context_device_invalidate’:
../hw/i386/intel_iommu.c:1888:10: error: ‘mask’ may be used
uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
1888 | mask = ~mask;
| ~~~~~^~~~~~~
Add a g_assert_not_reached() to avoid the error.
Signed-off-by: Eric Auger <eric.auger@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Message-id: 20210309102742.30442-2-eric.auger@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Connect the support for the Versal Accelerator RAMs (XRAMs).
Reviewed-by: Luc Michel <luc@lmichel.fr>
Acked-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Message-id: 20210308224637.2949533-3-edgar.iglesias@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Add a model of the Xilinx Versal Accelerator RAM (XRAM).
This is mainly a stub to make firmware happy. The size of
the RAMs can be probed. The interrupt mask logic is
modelled but none of the interrups will ever be raised
unless injected.
Signed-off-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Message-id: 20210308224637.2949533-2-edgar.iglesias@gmail.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Next batch of patches for the ppc target and machine types. Includes:
* Several cleanups for sm501 from Peter Maydell
* An update to the SLOF guest firmware
* Improved handling of hotplug failures in spapr, associated cleanups
to the hotplug handling code
* Several etsec fixes and cleanups from Bin Meng
* Assorted other fixes and cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=/uyx
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge remote-tracking branch 'remotes/dg-gitlab/tags/ppc-for-6.0-20210310' into staging
ppc patch queue for 2021-03-10
Next batch of patches for the ppc target and machine types. Includes:
* Several cleanups for sm501 from Peter Maydell
* An update to the SLOF guest firmware
* Improved handling of hotplug failures in spapr, associated cleanups
to the hotplug handling code
* Several etsec fixes and cleanups from Bin Meng
* Assorted other fixes and cleanups
# gpg: Signature made Wed 10 Mar 2021 04:08:53 GMT
# gpg: using RSA key 75F46586AE61A66CC44E87DC6C38CACA20D9B392
# gpg: Good signature from "David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>" [full]
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (Red Hat) <dgibson@redhat.com>" [full]
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (ozlabs.org) <dgibson@ozlabs.org>" [full]
# gpg: aka "David Gibson (kernel.org) <dwg@kernel.org>" [unknown]
# Primary key fingerprint: 75F4 6586 AE61 A66C C44E 87DC 6C38 CACA 20D9 B392
* remotes/dg-gitlab/tags/ppc-for-6.0-20210310:
spapr.c: send QAPI event when memory hotunplug fails
spapr.c: remove duplicated assert in spapr_memory_unplug_request()
target/ppc: fix icount support on Book-e vms accessing SPRs
qemu_timer.c: add timer_deadline_ms() helper
spapr_pci.c: add 'unplug already in progress' message for PCI unplug
spapr.c: add 'unplug already in progress' message for PHB unplug
hw/ppc: e500: Add missing <ranges> in the eTSEC node
hw/net: fsl_etsec: Fix build error when HEX_DUMP is on
spapr_drc.c: use DRC reconfiguration to cleanup DIMM unplug state
spapr_drc.c: add hotunplug timeout for CPUs
spapr_drc.c: introduce unplug_timeout_timer
target/ppc: Fix bcdsub. emulation when result overflows
docs/system: Extend PPC section
spapr: rename spapr_drc_detach() to spapr_drc_unplug_request()
spapr_drc.c: use spapr_drc_release() in isolate_physical/set_unusable
pseries: Update SLOF firmware image
spapr_drc.c: do not call spapr_drc_detach() in drc_isolate_logical()
hw/display/sm501: Inline template header into C file
hw/display/sm501: Expand out macros in template header
hw/display/sm501: Remove dead code for non-32-bit RGB surfaces
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
- add warning text to quickstart example
- add CFI tests to CI
- use --arch-only for docker pre-requisites
- fix .editorconfig for emacs
- add guest-loader for Xen-like hypervisor testing
- move generic-loader docs into manual proper
- move semihosting out of hw/
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCgAdFiEEZoWumedRZ7yvyN81+9DbCVqeKkQFAmBI50MACgkQ+9DbCVqe
KkSyKggAhPZW+7sReVEsFdnVfwuo3evW7auoW44mghNbikTnm3RfoahYTrek8lGZ
AEo2gFMbzENW0j88e0OvSYYtwkVz3sD68bygfXerti6sQwWlwkf42I/suWjJNLph
oVKGEEdJess9+zR13Cu6RAq5RaTwzDPGPjUwTbeJPpAps4+UZV3hsxhaxs8keII6
GBa/idnh0qEApP2NDLKiSASrYZM7xGvljE7zO4qhchd6iSH/o5rCtkoB2tRCcXGo
+KF8LyBsUNf7GiWp0yYZMZUQ3Pqskqma8N3d2A4UlS1kXvxeX/FiORkG/Ne8bH1Z
VZ1Z/xbyXGlVkiP1bcoYSc6XWHNDTw==
=R9zQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge remote-tracking branch 'remotes/stsquad/tags/pull-testing-docs-xen-updates-100321-2' into staging
Testing, guest-loader and other misc tweaks
- add warning text to quickstart example
- add CFI tests to CI
- use --arch-only for docker pre-requisites
- fix .editorconfig for emacs
- add guest-loader for Xen-like hypervisor testing
- move generic-loader docs into manual proper
- move semihosting out of hw/
# gpg: Signature made Wed 10 Mar 2021 15:35:31 GMT
# gpg: using RSA key 6685AE99E75167BCAFC8DF35FBD0DB095A9E2A44
# gpg: Good signature from "Alex Bennée (Master Work Key) <alex.bennee@linaro.org>" [full]
# Primary key fingerprint: 6685 AE99 E751 67BC AFC8 DF35 FBD0 DB09 5A9E 2A44
* remotes/stsquad/tags/pull-testing-docs-xen-updates-100321-2:
semihosting: Move hw/semihosting/ -> semihosting/
semihosting: Move include/hw/semihosting/ -> include/semihosting/
tests/avocado: add boot_xen tests
docs: add some documentation for the guest-loader
docs: move generic-loader documentation into the main manual
hw/core: implement a guest-loader to support static hypervisor guests
device_tree: add qemu_fdt_setprop_string_array helper
hw/riscv: migrate fdt field to generic MachineState
hw/board: promote fdt from ARM VirtMachineState to MachineState
.editorconfig: update the automatic mode setting for Emacs
tests/docker: Use --arch-only when building Debian cross image
gitlab-ci.yml: Add jobs to test CFI flags
gitlab-ci.yml: Allow custom # of parallel linkers
tests/docker: add a test-tcg for building then running check-tcg
docs/system: add a gentle prompt for the complexity to come
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
* New model for the Aspeed LPC controller
* Misc cleanups
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=SWwQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge remote-tracking branch 'remotes/legoater/tags/pull-aspeed-20210309' into staging
Aspeed patches :
* New model for the Aspeed LPC controller
* Misc cleanups
# gpg: Signature made Tue 09 Mar 2021 11:54:25 GMT
# gpg: using RSA key A0F66548F04895EBFE6B0B6051A343C7CFFBECA1
# gpg: Good signature from "Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>" [undefined]
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: A0F6 6548 F048 95EB FE6B 0B60 51A3 43C7 CFFB ECA1
* remotes/legoater/tags/pull-aspeed-20210309:
hw/misc: Model KCS devices in the Aspeed LPC controller
hw/misc: Add a basic Aspeed LPC controller model
hw/arm: ast2600: Correct the iBT interrupt ID
hw/arm: ast2600: Set AST2600_MAX_IRQ to value from datasheet
hw/arm: ast2600: Force a multiple of 32 of IRQs for the GIC
hw/arm/aspeed: Fix location of firmware images in documentation
arm/ast2600: Fix SMP booting with -kernel
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
With the exception of hw/core/, the hw/ directory only contains
device models used in system emulation. Semihosting is also used
by user emulation. As a generic feature, move it out of hw/ directory.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Message-Id: <20210226131356.3964782-3-f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210305135451.15427-3-alex.bennee@linaro.org>
We want to move the semihosting code out of hw/ in the next patch.
This patch contains the mechanical steps, created using:
$ git mv include/hw/semihosting/ include/
$ sed -i s,hw/semihosting,semihosting, $(git grep -l hw/semihosting)
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Message-Id: <20210226131356.3964782-2-f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210305135451.15427-2-alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Hypervisors, especially type-1 ones, need the firmware/bootcode to put
their initial guest somewhere in memory and pass the information to it
via platform data. The guest-loader is modelled after the generic
loader for exactly this sort of purpose:
$QEMU $ARGS -kernel ~/xen.git/xen/xen \
-append "dom0_mem=1G,max:1G loglvl=all guest_loglvl=all" \
-device guest-loader,addr=0x42000000,kernel=Image,bootargs="root=/dev/sda2 ro console=hvc0 earlyprintk=xen" \
-device guest-loader,addr=0x47000000,initrd=rootfs.cpio
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210303173642.3805-5-alex.bennee@linaro.org>
This is a mechanical change to make the fdt available through
MachineState.
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210303173642.3805-3-alex.bennee@linaro.org>
The use of FDT's is quite common across our various platforms. To
allow the guest loader to tweak it we need to make it available in
the generic state. This creates the field and migrates the initial
user to use the generic field. Other boards will be updated in later
patches.
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210303173642.3805-2-alex.bennee@linaro.org>
* Add new mps3-an547 board
* target/arm: Restrict v7A TCG cpus to TCG accel
* Implement a Xilinx CSU DMA model
* hw/timer/renesas_tmr: Fix use of uninitialized data in read_tcnt()
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Qu2a
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge remote-tracking branch 'remotes/pmaydell/tags/pull-target-arm-20210310' into staging
target-arm queue:
* Add new mps3-an547 board
* target/arm: Restrict v7A TCG cpus to TCG accel
* Implement a Xilinx CSU DMA model
* hw/timer/renesas_tmr: Fix use of uninitialized data in read_tcnt()
# gpg: Signature made Wed 10 Mar 2021 13:56:20 GMT
# gpg: using RSA key E1A5C593CD419DE28E8315CF3C2525ED14360CDE
# gpg: issuer "peter.maydell@linaro.org"
# gpg: Good signature from "Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>" [ultimate]
# gpg: aka "Peter Maydell <pmaydell@gmail.com>" [ultimate]
# gpg: aka "Peter Maydell <pmaydell@chiark.greenend.org.uk>" [ultimate]
# Primary key fingerprint: E1A5 C593 CD41 9DE2 8E83 15CF 3C25 25ED 1436 0CDE
* remotes/pmaydell/tags/pull-target-arm-20210310: (54 commits)
hw/timer/renesas_tmr: Fix use of uninitialized data in read_tcnt()
hw/timer/renesas_tmr: Prefix constants for CSS values with CSS_
hw/ssi: xilinx_spips: Remove DMA related dead codes from zynqmp_spips
hw/ssi: xilinx_spips: Clean up coding convention issues
hw/arm: xlnx-zynqmp: Connect a Xilinx CSU DMA module for QSPI
hw/arm: xlnx-zynqmp: Clean up coding convention issues
hw/dma: Implement a Xilinx CSU DMA model
target/arm: Restrict v7A TCG cpus to TCG accel
tests/qtest/sse-timer-test: Test counter scaling changes
tests/qtest/sse-timer-test: Test the system timer
tests/qtest/sse-timer-test: Add simple test of the SSE counter
docs/system/arm/mps2.rst: Document the new mps3-an547 board
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Add new mps3-an547 board
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Make initsvtor0 setting board-specific
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Support running APB peripherals on different clock
hw/misc/mps2-scc: Implement changes for AN547
hw/misc/mps2-fpgaio: Support AN547 DBGCTRL register
hw/misc/mps2-fpgaio: Fold counters subsection into main vmstate
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Make UART overflow IRQ board-specific
hw/arm/armsse: Add SSE-300 support
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The read_tcnt() function calculates the TCNT register values for the
two channels of the timer module; it sets these up in the local
tcnt[] array, and eventually returns either one or both of them,
depending on whether the access is 8 or 16 bits. However, not all of
the code paths through this function set both elements of this array:
if the guest has programmed the TCCR.CSS register fields to values
which are either documented as not to be used or which QEMU does not
implement, then the function will return uninitialized data. (This
was spotted by Coverity.)
Add the missing CSS cases to this code, so that we return a
consistent value instead of uninitialized data, and so the code
structure indicates what's happening.
Fixes: CID 1429976
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20210219223241.16344-3-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The #defines INTERNAL and CASCADING represent different possible
values for the TCCR.CSS register field; prefix them with CSS_ to make
this more obvious, before we add more defines to represent the
other possible values of the field in the next commit.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20210219223241.16344-2-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Now that the Xilinx CSU DMA model is implemented, the existing
DMA related dead codes in the ZynqMP QSPI are useless and should
be removed. The maximum register number is also updated to only
include the QSPI registers.
Signed-off-by: Xuzhou Cheng <xuzhou.cheng@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Message-id: 20210303135254.3970-6-bmeng.cn@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
There are some coding convention warnings in xilinx_spips.c,
as reported by:
$ ./scripts/checkpatch.pl hw/ssi/xilinx_spips.c
Let's clean them up.
Signed-off-by: Xuzhou Cheng <xuzhou.cheng@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Message-id: 20210303135254.3970-5-bmeng.cn@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Add a Xilinx CSU DMA module to ZynqMP SoC, and connent the stream
link of GQSPI to CSU DMA.
Signed-off-by: Xuzhou Cheng <xuzhou.cheng@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Message-id: 20210303135254.3970-4-bmeng.cn@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
There are some coding convention warnings in xlnx-zynqmp.c and
xlnx-zynqmp.h, as reported by:
$ ./scripts/checkpatch.pl include/hw/arm/xlnx-zynqmp.h
$ ./scripts/checkpatch.pl hw/arm/xlnx-zynqmp.c
Let's clean them up.
Signed-off-by: Xuzhou Cheng <xuzhou.cheng@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Message-id: 20210303135254.3970-3-bmeng.cn@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The 'running' argument from VMChangeStateHandler does not require
other value than 0 / 1. Make it a plain boolean.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Acked-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Message-Id: <20210111152020.1422021-3-philmd@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Recent changes allowed the pSeries machine to rollback the hotunplug
process for the DIMM when the guest kernel signals, via a
reconfiguration of the DR connector, that it's not going to release the
LMBs.
Let's also warn QAPI listerners about it. One place to do it would be
right after the unplug state is cleaned up,
spapr_clear_pending_dimm_unplug_state(). This would mean that the
function is now doing more than cleaning up the pending dimm state
though.
This patch does the following changes in spapr.c:
- send a QAPI event to inform that we experienced a failure in the
hotunplug of the DIMM;
- rename spapr_clear_pending_dimm_unplug_state() to
spapr_memory_unplug_rollback(). This is a better fit for what the
function is now doing, and it makes callers care more about what the
function goal is and less about spapr.c internals such as clearing
the pending dimm unplug state.
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210302141019.153729-3-danielhb413@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
We are asserting the existence of the first DRC LMB after sending unplug
requests to all LMBs of the DIMM, where every DRC is being asserted
inside the loop. This means that the first DRC is being asserted twice.
Remove the duplicated assert.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210302141019.153729-2-danielhb413@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The pSeries machine is using QEMUTimer internals to return the timeout
in seconds for a timer object, in hw/ppc/spapr.c, function
spapr_drc_unplug_timeout_remaining_sec().
Create a helper in qemu-timer.c to retrieve the deadline for a QEMUTimer
object, in ms, to avoid exposing timer internals to the PPC code.
CC: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210301124133.23800-2-danielhb413@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Hotunplug for all other devices are warning the user when the hotunplug
is already in progress. Do the same for PCI devices in
spapr_pci_unplug_request().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210226163301.419727-5-danielhb413@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Both CPU hotunplug and PC_DIMM unplug reports an user warning,
mentioning that the hotunplug is in progress, if consecutive
'device_del' are issued in quick succession.
Do the same for PHBs in spapr_phb_unplug_request().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210226163301.419727-4-danielhb413@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The eTSEC node should provide an empty <ranges> property in the
eTSEC node, otherwise of_translate_address() in the Linux kernel
fails to get the eTSEC register base, reporting:
OF: ** translation for device /platform@f00000000/ethernet@0/queue-group **
OF: bus is default (na=1, ns=1) on /platform@f00000000/ethernet@0
OF: translating address: 00000000
OF: parent bus is default (na=1, ns=1) on /platform@f00000000
OF: no ranges; cannot translate
Per devicetree spec v0.3 [1] chapter 2.3.8:
If the property is not present in a bus node, it is assumed that
no mapping exists between children of the node and the parent
address space.
This is why of_translate_address() aborts the address translation.
Apparently U-Boot devicetree parser seems to be tolerant with
missing <ranges> as this was not noticed when testing with U-Boot.
The empty <ranges> property is present in all kernel shipped dtsi
files for eTSEC, Let's add it to conform with the spec.
[1] https://github.com/devicetree-org/devicetree-specification/releases/download/v0.3/devicetree-specification-v0.3.pdf
Fixes: fdfb7f2cdb ("e500: Add support for eTSEC in device tree")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Message-Id: <1614158919-9473-1-git-send-email-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
"qemu-common.h" should be included to provide the forward declaration
of qemu_hexdump() when HEX_DUMP is on.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Message-Id: <20210228050431.24647-1-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Handling errors in memory hotunplug in the pSeries machine is more
complex than any other device type, because there are all the
complications that other devices has, and more.
For instance, determining a timeout for a DIMM hotunplug must consider
if it's a Hash-MMU or a Radix-MMU guest, because Hash guests takes
longer to hotunplug DIMMs. The size of the DIMM is also a factor, given
that longer DIMMs naturally takes longer to be hotunplugged from the
kernel. And there's also the guest memory usage to be considered: if
there's a process that is consuming memory that would be lost by the
DIMM unplug, the kernel will postpone the unplug process until the
process finishes, and then initiate the regular hotunplug process. The
first two considerations are manageable, but the last one is a deal
breaker.
There is no sane way for the pSeries machine to determine the memory
load in the guest when attempting a DIMM hotunplug - and even if there
was a way, the guest can start using all the RAM in the middle of the
unplug process and invalidate our previous assumptions - and in result
we can't even begin to calculate a timeout for the operation. This means
that we can't implement a viable timeout mechanism for memory unplug in
pSeries.
Going back to why we would consider an unplug timeout, the reason is
that we can't know if the kernel is giving up the unplug. Turns out
that, sometimes, we can. Consider a failed memory hotunplug attempt
where the kernel will error out with the following message:
'pseries-hotplug-mem: Memory indexed-count-remove failed, adding any
removed LMBs'
This happens when there is a LMB that the kernel gave up in removing,
and the LMBs previously marked for removal are now being added back.
This happens in the pseries kernel in [1], dlpar_memory_remove_by_ic()
into dlpar_add_lmb(), and after that update_lmb_associativity_index().
In this function, the kernel is configuring the LMB DRC connector again.
Note that this is a valid usage in LOPAR, as stated in section
"ibm,configure-connector RTAS Call":
'A subsequent sequence of calls to ibm,configure-connector with the same
entry from the “ibm,drc-indexes” or “ibm,drc-info” property will restart
the configuration of devices which were not completely configured.'
We can use this kernel behavior in our favor. If a DRC connector
reconfiguration for a LMB that we marked as unplug pending happens, this
indicates that the kernel changed its mind about the unplug and is
reasserting that it will keep using all the LMBs of the DIMM. In this
case, it's safe to assume that the whole DIMM device unplug was
cancelled.
This patch hops into rtas_ibm_configure_connector() and, in the scenario
described above, clear the unplug state for the DIMM device. This will
not solve all the problems we still have with memory unplug, but it will
cover this case where the kernel reconfigures LMBs after a failed
unplug. We are a bit more resilient, without using an unreliable
timeout, and we didn't make the remaining error cases any worse.
[1] arch/powerpc/platforms/pseries/hotplug-memory.c
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210222194531.62717-6-danielhb413@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
There is a reliable way to make a CPU hotunplug fail in the pseries
machine. Hotplug a CPU A, then offline all other CPUs inside the guest
but A. When trying to hotunplug A the guest kernel will refuse to do it,
because A is now the last online CPU of the guest. PAPR has no 'error
callback' in this situation to report back to the platform, so the guest
kernel will deny the unplug in silent and QEMU will never know what
happened. The unplug pending state of A will remain until the guest is
shutdown or rebooted.
Previous attempts of fixing it (see [1] and [2]) were aimed at trying to
mitigate the effects of the problem. In [1] we were trying to guess
which guest CPUs were online to forbid hotunplug of the last online CPU
in the QEMU layer, avoiding the scenario described above because QEMU is
now failing in behalf of the guest. This is not robust because the last
online CPU of the guest can change while we're in the middle of the
unplug process, and our initial assumptions are now invalid. In [2] we
were accepting that our unplug process is uncertain and the user should
be allowed to spam the IRQ hotunplug queue of the guest in case the CPU
hotunplug fails.
This patch presents another alternative, using the timeout
infrastructure introduced in the previous patch. CPU hotunplugs in the
pSeries machine will now timeout after 15 seconds. This is a long time
for a single CPU unplug to occur, regardless of guest load - although
the user is *strongly* encouraged to *not* hotunplug devices from a
guest under high load - and we can be sure that something went wrong if
it takes longer than that for the guest to release the CPU (the same
can't be said about memory hotunplug - more on that in the next patch).
Timing out the unplug operation will reset the unplug state of the CPU
and allow the user to try it again, regardless of the error situation
that prevented the hotunplug to occur. Of all the not so pretty
fixes/mitigations for CPU hotunplug errors in pSeries, timing out the
operation is an admission that we have no control in the process, and
must assume the worst case if the operation doesn't succeed in a
sensible time frame.
[1] https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/qemu-devel/2021-01/msg03353.html
[2] https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/qemu-devel/2021-01/msg04400.html
Reported-by: Xujun Ma <xuma@redhat.com>
Fixes: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1911414
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210222194531.62717-5-danielhb413@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The LoPAR spec provides no way for the guest kernel to report failure of
hotplug/hotunplug events. This wouldn't be bad if those operations were
granted to always succeed, but that's far for the reality.
What ends up happening is that, in the case of a failed hotunplug,
regardless of whether it was a QEMU error or a guest misbehavior, the
pSeries machine is retaining the unplug state of the device in the
running guest. This state is cleanup in machine reset, where it is
assumed that this state represents a device that is pending unplug, and
the device is hotunpluged from the board. Until the reset occurs, any
hotunplug operation of the same device is forbid because there is a
pending unplug state.
This behavior has at least one undesirable side effect. A long standing
pending unplug state is, more often than not, the result of a hotunplug
error. The user had to dealt with it, since retrying to unplug the
device is noy allowed, and then in the machine reset we're removing the
device from the guest. This means that we're failing the user twice -
failed to hotunplug when asked, then hotunplugged without notice.
Solutions to this problem range between trying to predict when the
hotunplug will fail and forbid the operation from the QEMU layer, from
opening up the IRQ queue to allow for multiple hotunplug attempts, from
telling the users to 'reboot the machine if something goes wrong'. The
first solution is flawed because we can't fully predict guest behavior
from QEMU, the second solution is a trial and error remediation that
counts on a hope that the unplug will eventually succeed, and the third
is ... well.
This patch introduces a crude, but effective solution to hotunplug
errors in the pSeries machine. For each unplug done, we'll timeout after
some time. If a certain amount of time passes, we'll cleanup the
hotunplug state from the machine. During the timeout period, any unplug
operations in the same device will still be blocked. After that, we'll
assume that the guest failed the operation, and allow the user to try
again. If the timeout is too short we'll prevent legitimate hotunplug
situations to occur, so we'll need to overestimate the regular time an
unplug operation takes to succeed to account that.
The true solution for the hotunplug errors in the pSeries machines is a
PAPR change to allow for the guest to warn the platform about it. For
now, the work done in this timeout design can be used for the new PAPR
'abort hcall' in the future, given that for both cases we'll need code
to cleanup the existing unplug states of the DRCs.
At this moment we're adding the basic wiring of the timer into the DRC.
Next patch will use the timer to timeout failed CPU hotunplugs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210222194531.62717-4-danielhb413@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
spapr_drc_detach() is not the best name for what the function does. The
function does not detach the DRC, it makes an uncommited attempt to do
it. It'll mark the DRC as pending unplug, via the 'unplug_request'
flag, and only if the DRC state is drck->empty_state it will detach the
DRC, via spapr_drc_release().
This is a contrast with its pair spapr_drc_attach(), where the function
is indeed creating the DRC QOM object. If you know what
spapr_drc_attach() does, you can be misled into thinking that
spapr_drc_detach() is removing the DRC from QEMU internal state, which
isn't true.
The current role of this function is better described as a request for
detach, since there's no guarantee that we're going to detach the DRC in
the end. Rename the function to spapr_drc_unplug_request to reflect
what is is doing.
The initial idea was to change the name to spapr_drc_detach_request(),
and later on change the unplug_request flag to detach_request. However,
unplug_request is a migratable boolean for a long time now and renaming
it is not worth the trouble. spapr_drc_unplug_request() setting
drc->unplug_request is more natural than spapr_drc_detach_request
setting drc->unplug_request.
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210222194531.62717-3-danielhb413@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
When moving a physical DRC to "Available", drc_isolate_physical() will
move the DRC state to STATE_PHYSICAL_POWERON and, if the DRC is marked
for unplug, call spapr_drc_detach(). For physical DRCs,
drck->empty_state is STATE_PHYSICAL_POWERON, meaning that we're sure
that spapr_drc_detach() will end up calling spapr_drc_release() in the
end.
Likewise, for logical DRCs, drc_set_unusable will move the DRC to
"Unusable" state, setting drc->state to STATE_LOGICAL_UNUSABLE, which is
the drck->empty_state for logical DRCs. spapr_drc_detach() will call
spapr_drc_release() in this case as well.
In both scenarios, spapr_drc_detach() is being used as a
spapr_drc_release(), wrapper, where we also set unplug_requested (which
is already true, otherwise spapr_drc_detach() wouldn't be called in the
first place) and check if drc->state == drck->empty_state, which we also
know it's guaranteed to be true because we just set it.
Just use spapr_drc_release() in these functions to be clear of our
intentions in both these functions.
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210222194531.62717-2-danielhb413@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
drc_isolate_logical() is used to move the DRC from the "Configured" to
the "Available" state, erroring out if the DRC is in the unexpected
"Unisolate" state and doing nothing (with RTAS_OUT_SUCCESS) if the DRC
is already in "Available" or in "Unusable" state.
When moving from "Configured" to "Available", the DRC is moved to the
LOGICAL_AVAILABLE state, a drc->unplug_requested check is done and, if
true, spapr_drc_detach() is called.
What spapr_drc_detach() does then is:
- set drc->unplug_requested to true. In fact, this is the only place
where unplug_request is set to true;
- does nothing else if drc->state != drck->empty_state. If the DRC
state is equal to drck->empty_state, spapr_drc_release() is
called. For logical DRCs, drck->empty_state = LOGICAL_UNUSABLE.
In short, calling spapr_drc_detach() in drc_isolate_logical() does
nothing. It'll set unplug_request to true again ('again' since it was
already true - otherwise the function wouldn't be called), and will
return without calling spapr_drc_release() because the DRC is not in
LOGICAL_UNUSABLE, since drc_isolate_logical() just moved it to
LOGICAL_AVAILABLE. The only place where the logical DRC is released is
when called from drc_set_unusable(), when it is moved to the
"Unusable" state. As it should, according to PAPR.
Even though calling spapr_drc_detach() in drc_isolate_logical() is
benign, removing it will avoid further thought about the matter. So
let's go ahead and do that.
As a note, this logic was introduced in commit bbf5c878ab. Since
then, the DRC handling code was refactored and enhanced, and PAPR
itself went through some changes in the DRC area as well. It is
expected that some assumptions we had back then are now deprecated.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210211225246.17315-2-danielhb413@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
We no longer need to include sm501_template.h multiple times, so
we can simply inline its contents into sm501.c.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-Id: <20210212180653.27588-4-peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Now that we only include sm501_template.h for the DEPTH==32 case, we
can expand out the uses of the BPP, PIXEL_TYPE and PIXEL_NAME macros
in that header.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-Id: <20210212180653.27588-3-peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
For a long time now the UI layer has guaranteed that the console
surface is always 32 bits per pixel RGB. Remove the legacy dead
code from the sm501 display device which was handling the
possibility that the console surface was some other format.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-Id: <20210212180653.27588-2-peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Acked-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The Milkymist board requires more than the PTIMER. Directly
select the LM32_DEVICES. This fixes:
/usr/bin/ld:
libqemu-lm32-softmmu.fa.p/target_lm32_gdbstub.c.o: in function `lm32_cpu_gdb_read_register':
target/lm32/gdbstub.c:46: undefined reference to `lm32_pic_get_im'
target/lm32/gdbstub.c:48: undefined reference to `lm32_pic_get_ip'
libqemu-lm32-softmmu.fa.p/target_lm32_op_helper.c.o: in function `helper_wcsr_im':
target/lm32/op_helper.c:107: undefined reference to `lm32_pic_set_im'
libqemu-lm32-softmmu.fa.p/target_lm32_op_helper.c.o: in function `helper_wcsr_ip':
target/lm32/op_helper.c:114: undefined reference to `lm32_pic_set_ip'
libqemu-lm32-softmmu.fa.p/target_lm32_op_helper.c.o: in function `helper_wcsr_jtx':
target/lm32/op_helper.c:120: undefined reference to `lm32_juart_set_jtx'
libqemu-lm32-softmmu.fa.p/target_lm32_op_helper.c.o: in function `helper_wcsr_jrx':
target/lm32/op_helper.c:125: undefined reference to `lm32_juart_set_jrx'
libqemu-lm32-softmmu.fa.p/target_lm32_translate.c.o: in function `lm32_cpu_dump_state':
target/lm32/translate.c:1161: undefined reference to `lm32_pic_get_ip'
target/lm32/translate.c:1161: undefined reference to `lm32_pic_get_im'
Reviewed-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210221225626.2589247-4-f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
We want to be able to use the 'LM32' config for architecture
specific features. As CONFIG_LM32 is only used to select
peripherals, rename it CONFIG_LM32_DEVICES.
Reviewed-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210221225626.2589247-3-f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
We want to be able to use the 'LM32' config for architecture
specific features. Introduce CONFIG_LM32_EVR to select the
lm32-evr / lm32-uclinux boards.
Reviewed-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210221225626.2589247-2-f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
We forward-declare Object typedef in "qemu/typedefs.h" since commit
ca27b5eb7c ("qom/object: Move Object typedef to 'qemu/typedefs.h'").
Use it everywhere to make the code simpler.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210225182003.3629342-1-philmd@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
On Fedora 33, gcc 10.2.1 notes that scsi_cdb_length(buf) can set
len==-1, which in turn overflows g_malloc():
[5/5] Linking target qemu-system-x86_64
In function ‘scsi_disk_new_request_dump’,
inlined from ‘scsi_new_request’ at ../hw/scsi/scsi-disk.c:2608:9:
../hw/scsi/scsi-disk.c:2582:19: warning: argument 1 value ‘18446744073709551612’ exceeds maximum object size 9223372036854775807 [-Walloc-size-larger-than=]
2582 | line_buffer = g_malloc(len * 5 + 1);
| ^
Silence it with a decent assertion, since we only convert a buffer to
bytes when we have a valid cdb length.
Signed-off-by: Eric Blake <eblake@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210209152350.207958-1-eblake@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
An assorted set of spelling fixes in various places.
Signed-off-by: Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Weil <sw@weilnetz.de>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-Id: <20210309111510.79495-1-mjt@msgid.tls.msk.ru>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFSBAABCgA8FiEEzGIauY6CIA2RXMnEW8LFb64PMh8FAmBEwfEeHG1hcmsuY2F2
ZS1heWxhbmRAaWxhbmRlLmNvLnVrAAoJEFvCxW+uDzIfYZYH/AwOuqycV9XI1s3K
valsExtSmcj6oTrFTSyak0U7QL9G5pm40qEHwQkwFwYecaQXfFNMN1Mt4gYpsLai
JNhV29tzWrQtNFepCjvvuJihDY5IC/3NWyrWqYXRNZ5IGMvde3HUcg210bFOC3mf
iOtZ40ZjBspTwG4eJCOLBBDeXVAMkVUjdfqtsq66zGteHsJjNEpso0HLdMvlFkud
QLF4g06h8iFMxwahZYEwY+fKUHphqfZn8INr01ODQIy3nBGVgenKz9DKPw/pg/UD
nfxhuYwftDof65JpYEhClOWas3AztFJ1YyyP/cibwosLBQVphj3R05/kF6VuyuyP
gZjux0w=
=RPt3
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge remote-tracking branch 'remotes/mcayland/tags/qemu-sparc-20210307' into staging
qemu-sparc queue
# gpg: Signature made Sun 07 Mar 2021 12:07:13 GMT
# gpg: using RSA key CC621AB98E82200D915CC9C45BC2C56FAE0F321F
# gpg: issuer "mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk"
# gpg: Good signature from "Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>" [full]
# Primary key fingerprint: CC62 1AB9 8E82 200D 915C C9C4 5BC2 C56F AE0F 321F
* remotes/mcayland/tags/qemu-sparc-20210307: (42 commits)
esp: add support for unaligned accesses
esp: implement non-DMA transfers in PDMA mode
esp: add trivial implementation of the ESP_RFLAGS register
esp: convert cmdbuf from array to Fifo8
esp: convert ti_buf from array to Fifo8
esp: transition to message out phase after SATN and stop command
esp: add maxlen parameter to get_cmd()
esp: raise interrupt after every non-DMA byte transferred to the FIFO
esp: remove old deferred command completion mechanism
esp: defer command completion interrupt on incoming data transfers
esp: latch individual bits in ESP_RINTR register
esp: implement FIFO flush command
esp: add 4 byte PDMA read and write transfers
esp: remove pdma_origin from ESPState
esp: use FIFO for PDMA transfers between initiator and device
esp: fix PDMA target selection
esp: rename get_cmd_cb() to esp_select()
esp: remove CMD pdma_origin
esp: use in-built TC to determine PDMA transfer length
esp: use ti_wptr/ti_rptr to manage the current FIFO position for PDMA
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Keyboard-Controller-Style devices for IPMI purposes are exposed via LPC
IO cycles from the BMC to the host.
Expose support on the BMC side by implementing the usual MMIO
behaviours, and expose the ability to inspect the KCS registers in
"host" style by accessing QOM properties associated with each register.
The model caters to the IRQ style of both the AST2600 and the earlier
SoCs (AST2400 and AST2500). The AST2600 allocates an IRQ for each LPC
sub-device, while there is a single IRQ shared across all subdevices on
the AST2400 and AST2500.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jeffery <andrew@aj.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Message-Id: <20210302014317.915120-6-andrew@aj.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
This is a very minimal framework to access registers which are used to
configure the AHB memory mapping of the flash chips on the LPC HC
Firmware address space.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jeffery <andrew@aj.id.au>
Message-Id: <20210302014317.915120-5-andrew@aj.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
The AST2600 allocates distinct GIC IRQs for the LPC subdevices such as
the iBT device. Previously on the AST2400 and AST2500 the LPC subdevices
shared a single LPC IRQ.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jeffery <andrew@aj.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Message-Id: <20210302014317.915120-4-andrew@aj.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
The datasheet says we have 197 IRQs allocated, and we need more than 128
to describe IRQs from LPC devices. Raise the value now to allow
modelling of the LPC devices.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jeffery <andrew@aj.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Message-Id: <20210302014317.915120-3-andrew@aj.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
This appears to be a requirement of the GIC model. The AST2600 allocates
197 GIC IRQs, which we will adjust shortly.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jeffery <andrew@aj.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Message-Id: <20210302014317.915120-2-andrew@aj.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
The ast2600 machines do not have PSCI firmware, so this property should
have never been set. Removing this node fixes SMP booting Linux kernels
that have PSCI enabled, as Linux fails to find PSCI in the device tree
and falls back to the soc-specific method for enabling secondary CPUs.
The comment is out of date as Qemu has supported -kernel booting since
9bb6d14081 ("aspeed: Add boot stub for smp booting"), in v5.1.
Fixes: f25c0ae107 ("aspeed/soc: Add AST2600 support")
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Tested-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Message-Id: <20210303010505.635621-1-joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Support Identify command for Namespace attached controller list. This
command handler will traverse the controller instances in the given
subsystem to figure out whether the specified nsid is attached to the
controllers or not.
The 4096bytes Identify data will return with the first entry (16bits)
indicating the number of the controller id entries. So, the data can
hold up to 2047 entries for the controller ids.
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
[k.jensen: rebased for dma refactor]
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
If namespace inventory is changed due to some reasons (e.g., namespace
attachment/detachment), controller can send out event notifier to the
host to manage namespaces.
This patch sends out the AEN to the host after either attach or detach
namespaces from controllers. To support clear of the event from the
controller, this patch also implemented Get Log Page command for Changed
Namespace List log type. To return namespace id list through the
command, when namespace inventory is updated, id is added to the
per-controller list (changed_ns_list).
To indicate the support of this async event, this patch set
OAES(Optional Asynchronous Events Supported) in Identify Controller data
structure.
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
This patch supports Namespace Attachment command for the pre-defined
nvme-ns device nodes. Of course, attach/detach namespace should only be
supported in case 'subsys' is given. This is because if we detach a
namespace from a controller, somebody needs to manage the detached, but
allocated namespace in the NVMe subsystem.
As command effect for the namespace attachment command is registered,
the host will be notified that namespace inventory is changed so that
host will rescan the namespace inventory after this command. For
example, kernel driver manages this command effect via passthru IOCTL.
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
[k.jensen: rebased for dma refactor]
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
This patch has no functional changes. This patch just refactored
nvme_select_ns_iocs() to iterate the attached namespaces of the
controlller and make it invoke __nvme_select_ns_iocs().
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
From NVMe spec 1.4b "6.1.5. NSID and Namespace Relationships" defines
valid namespace types:
- Unallocated: Not exists in the NVMe subsystem
- Allocated: Exists in the NVMe subsystem
- Inactive: Not attached to the controller
- Active: Attached to the controller
This patch added support for allocated, but not attached namespace type:
!nvme_ns(n, nsid) && nvme_subsys_ns(n->subsys, nsid)
nvme_ns() returns attached namespace instance of the given controller
and nvme_subsys_ns() returns allocated namespace instance in the
subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Expand allocated namespace list (subsys->namespaces) to have 256 entries
which is a value lager than at least NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES which is for
attached namespace list in a controller.
Allocated namespace list should at least larger than attached namespace
list.
n->num_namespaces = NVME_MAX_NAMESPACES;
The above line will set the NN field by id->nn so that the subsystem
should also prepare at least this number of namespace list entries.
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
subsys->namespaces array used to be sized to NVME_SUBSYS_MAX_NAMESPACES.
But subsys->namespaces are being accessed with 1-based namespace id
which means the very first array entry will always be empty(NULL).
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Given that now we have nvme-subsys device supported, we can manage
namespace allocated, but not attached: detached. This patch introduced
a parameter for nvme-ns device named 'detached'. This parameter
indicates whether the given namespace device is detached from
a entire NVMe subsystem('subsys' given case, shared namespace) or a
controller('bus' given case, private namespace).
- Allocated namespace
1) Shared ns in the subsystem 'subsys0':
-device nvme-ns,id=ns1,drive=blknvme0,nsid=1,subsys=subsys0,detached=true
2) Private ns for the controller 'nvme0' of the subsystem 'subsys0':
-device nvme-subsys,id=subsys0
-device nvme,serial=foo,id=nvme0,subsys=subsys0
-device nvme-ns,id=ns1,drive=blknvme0,nsid=1,bus=nvme0,detached=true
3) (Invalid case) Controller 'nvme0' has no subsystem to manage ns:
-device nvme,serial=foo,id=nvme0
-device nvme-ns,id=ns1,drive=blknvme0,nsid=1,bus=nvme0,detached=true
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
The nvme_dma function doesn't just do DMA (QEMUSGList-based) memory transfers;
it also handles QEMUIOVector copies.
Introduce the NvmeTxDirection enum and rename to nvme_tx. Remove mapping
of PRPs/SGLs from nvme_tx and instead assert that they have been mapped
previously. This allows more fine-grained use in subsequent patches.
Add new (better named) helpers, nvme_{c2h,h2c}, that does both PRP/SGL
mapping and transfer.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
The PRP and SGL mapping functions does not have any particular need for
the entire NvmeRequest as a parameter. Clean it up.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Introduce NvmeSg and try to deal with that pesky qsg/iov duality that
haunts all the memory-related functions.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
A Write Zeroes commands should not be counted in either the 'Data Units
Written' or in 'Host Write Commands' SMART/Health Information Log page.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
The 'len' member of the nvme_compare_ctx struct is redundant since the
same information is available in the 'iov' member.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Dataset Management is not subject to MDTS, but exceeded a certain size
per range causes internal looping. Report this limit (DMRSL) in the NVM
command set specific identify controller data structure.
Signed-off-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Add a trace event for the offline zone condition when checking zone
read.
Signed-off-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com>
[k.jensen: split commit]
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
assert may be compiled to a noop and we could end up returning an
uninitialized status.
Fix this by always returning Internal Device Error as a fallback.
Note that, as pointed out by Philippe, per commit 262a69f428 ("osdep.h:
Prohibit disabling assert() in supported builds") this shouldn't be
possible. But clean it up so we don't worry about it again.
Signed-off-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com>
[k.jensen: split commit]
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Add a trace event for the Identify command.
Signed-off-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Remove an unnecessary le_to_cpu conversion in Identify.
Signed-off-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
ZASL (Zone Append Size Limit) is defined exactly like MDTS (Maximum Data
Transfer Size), that is, it is a value in units of the minimum memory
page size (CAP.MPSMIN) and is reported as a power of two.
The 'mdts' nvme device parameter is specified as in the spec, but the
'zoned.append_size_limit' parameter is specified in bytes. This is
suboptimal for a number of reasons:
1. It is just plain confusing wrt. the definition of mdts.
2. There is a lot of complexity involved in validating the value; it
must be a power of two, it should be larger than 4k, if it is zero
we set it internally to mdts, but still report it as zero.
3. While "hw/block/nvme: improve invalid zasl value reporting"
slightly improved the handling of the parameter, the validation is
still wrong; it does not depend on CC.MPS, it depends on
CAP.MPSMIN. And we are not even checking that it is actually less
than or equal to MDTS, which is kinda the *one* condition it must
satisfy.
Fix this by defining zasl exactly like mdts and checking the one thing
that it must satisfy (that it is less than or equal to mdts). Also,
change the default value from 128KiB to 0 (aka, whatever mdts is).
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Add support for using the broadcast nsid to issue a flush on all
namespaces through a single command.
Signed-off-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Commit 6eb7a07129 ("hw/block/nvme: change controller pci id") changed
the controller to use a Red Hat assigned PCI Device and Vendor ID, but
did not change the IEEE OUI away from the Intel IEEE OUI.
Fix that and use the locally assigned QEMU IEEE OUI instead if the
`use-intel-id` parameter is not explicitly set. Also reverse the Intel
IEEE OUI bytes.
Signed-off-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
The Zone Append Size Limit (ZASL) must be at least 4096 bytes, so
improve the user experience by adding an early parameter check in
nvme_check_constraints.
When ZASL is still too small due to the host configuring the device for
an even larger page size, convert the trace point in nvme_start_ctrl to
an NVME_GUEST_ERR such that this is logged by QEMU instead of only
traced.
Reported-by: Corne <info@dantalion.nl>
Cc: Dmitry Fomichev <Dmitry.Fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Firstly, if zoned.max_active is non-zero, zoned.max_open must be less
than or equal to zoned.max_active.
Secondly, if only zones.max_active is set, we have to explicitly set
zones.max_open or we end up with an invalid MAR/MOR configuration. This
is an artifact of the parameters not being zeroes-based like in the
spec.
Cc: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reported-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Implicitly and Explicitly Open zones can be closed by Close Zone
management function. This got broken by a recent commit ("hw/block/nvme:
refactor zone resource management") and now such commands fail with
Invalid Zone State Transition status.
Modify nvm_zrm_close() function to make Close Zone work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Add support for TP 4065a ("Simple Copy Command"), v2020.05.04
("Ratified").
The implementation uses a bounce buffer to first read in the source
logical blocks, then issue a write of that bounce buffer. The default
maximum number of source logical blocks is 128, translating to 512 KiB
for 4k logical blocks which aligns with the default value of MDTS.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
In preparation for Simple Copy, pull write pointer advancement into a
separate function that is independent off an NvmeRequest.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Zone transition handling and resource management is open coded (and
semi-duplicated in the case of open, close and finish).
In preparation for Simple Copy command support (which also needs to open
zones for writing), consolidate into a set of 'nvme_zrm' functions and
in the process fix a bug with the controller not closing an open zone to
allow another zone to be explicitly opened.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Remove the unused NvmeCtrl parameter in nvme_check_zone_write.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
nvme-ns device is registered to a nvme controller device during the
initialization in nvme_register_namespace() in case that 'bus' property
is given which means it's mapped to a single controller.
This patch introduced a new property 'subsys' just like the controller
device instance did to map a namespace to a NVMe subsystem.
If 'subsys' property is given to the nvme-ns device, it will belong to
the specified subsystem and will be attached to all controllers in that
subsystem by enabling shared namespace capability in NMIC(Namespace
Multi-path I/O and Namespace Capabilities) in Identify Namespace.
Usage:
-device nvme-subsys,id=subsys0
-device nvme,serial=foo,id=nvme0,subsys=subsys0
-device nvme,serial=bar,id=nvme1,subsys=subsys0
-device nvme,serial=baz,id=nvme2,subsys=subsys0
-device nvme-ns,id=ns1,drive=<drv>,nsid=1,subsys=subsys0 # Shared
-device nvme-ns,id=ns2,drive=<drv>,nsid=2,bus=nvme2 # Non-shared
In the above example, 'ns1' will be shared to 'nvme0' and 'nvme1' in
the same subsystem. On the other hand, 'ns2' will be attached to the
'nvme2' only as a private namespace in that subsystem.
All the namespace with 'subsys' parameter will attach all controllers in
the subsystem to the namespace by default.
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
We have nvme-subsys and nvme devices mapped together. To support
multi-controller scheme to this setup, controller identifier(id) has to
be managed. Earlier, cntlid(controller id) used to be always 0 because
we didn't have any subsystem scheme that controller id matters.
This patch introduced 'cntlid' attribute to the nvme controller
instance(NvmeCtrl) and make it allocated by the nvme-subsys device
mapped to the controller. If nvme-subsys is not given to the
controller, then it will always be 0 as it was.
Added 'ctrls' array in the nvme-subsys instance to manage attached
controllers to the subsystem with a limit(32). This patch didn't take
list for the controllers to make it seamless with nvme-ns device.
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
nvme controller(nvme) can be mapped to a NVMe subsystem(nvme-subsys).
This patch maps a controller to a subsystem by adding a parameter
'subsys' to the nvme device.
To map a controller to a subsystem, we need to put nvme-subsys first and
then maps the subsystem to the controller:
-device nvme-subsys,id=subsys0
-device nvme,serial=foo,id=nvme0,subsys=subsys0
If 'subsys' property is not given to the nvme controller, then subsystem
NQN will be created with serial (e.g., 'foo' in above example),
Otherwise, it will be based on subsys id (e.g., 'subsys0' in above
example).
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
To support multi-path in QEMU NVMe device model, We need to have NVMe
subsystem hierarchy to map controllers and namespaces to a NVMe
subsystem.
This patch introduced a simple nvme-subsys device model. The subsystem
will be prepared with subsystem NQN with <subsys_id> provided in
nvme-subsys device:
ex) -device nvme-subsys,id=subsys0: nqn.2019-08.org.qemu:subsys0
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
[k.jensen: added 'nqn' device parameter per request]
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
There are 23 files that include the "sysemu/qtest.h",
but they do not use any qtest functions.
Signed-off-by: Chen Qun <kuhn.chenqun@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210226081414.205946-1-kuhn.chenqun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
ZynqMP QSPI supports SPI transfer using DMA mode, but currently this
is unimplemented. When QSPI is programmed to use DMA mode, QEMU will
crash. This is observed when testing VxWorks 7.
This adds a Xilinx CSU DMA model and the implementation is based on
https://github.com/Xilinx/qemu/blob/master/hw/dma/csu_stream_dma.c.
The DST part of the model is verified along with ZynqMP GQSPI model.
Signed-off-by: Xuzhou Cheng <xuzhou.cheng@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Message-id: 20210303135254.3970-2-bmeng.cn@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Add support for the mps3-an547 board; this is an SSE-300 based
FPGA image that runs on the MPS3.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-43-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The AN547 configures the SSE-300 with a different initsvtor0
setting from its default; make this a board-specific setting.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-42-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The AN547 runs the APB peripherals outside the SSE-300 on a different
and slightly slower clock than it runs the SSE-300 with. Support
making the APB peripheral clock frequency board-specific. (For our
implementation only the UARTs actually take a clock.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-41-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Implement the minor changes required to the SCC block for AN547 images:
* CFG2 and CFG5 exist (like AN524)
* CFG3 is reserved (like AN524)
* CFG0 bit 1 is CPU_WAIT; we don't implement it, but note this
in the TODO comment
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-40-peter.maydell@linaro.org
For the AN547 image, the FPGAIO block has an extra DBGCTRL register,
which is used to control the SPNIDEN, SPIDEN, NPIDEN and DBGEN inputs
to the CPU. These signals control when the CPU permits use of the
external debug interface. Our CPU models don't implement the
external debug interface, so we model the register as
reads-as-written.
Implement the register, with a property defining whether it is
present, and allow mps2-tz boards to specify that it is present.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-39-peter.maydell@linaro.org
We've already broken migration compatibility for all the MPS
boards, so we might as well take advantage of this to simplify
the vmstate for the FPGAIO device by folding the counters
subsection into the main vmstate description.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-38-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The AN547 puts the combined UART overflow IRQ at 48, not 47 like the
other images. Make this setting board-specific.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-37-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Now we have sufficiently parameterised the code, we can add SSE-300
support by adding a new entry to the armsse_variants[] array.
Note that the main watchdog (unlike the s32k watchdog) in the SSE-300
is a different device from the CMSDK watchdog; we don't have a model
of it so we leave it as a TYPE_UNIMPLEMENTED_DEVICE stub.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-36-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Support SSE variants like the SSE-300 with an ARMSSE_CPU_PWRCTRL register
block. Because this block is per-CPU and does not clash with any of the
SSE-200 devices, we handle it with a has_cpu_pwrctrl flag like the
existing has_cachectrl, has_cpusectrl and has_cpuid, rather than
trying to add per-CPU-device support to the devinfo array handling code.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-35-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The SSE-300 has four timers of type TYPE_SSE_TIMER; add support in
the code for having these in an ARMSSEDeviceInfo array.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-34-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The SSE-300 has a system counter device; add support for SSE
variants having this device.
As with the existing devices like the cache control block, CPUID
block, etc, we don't try to make the MMIO addresses configurable. We
can do that if and when we need to model a future SSE variant which
has the counter in a different location.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-33-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The SSE-300 has a slightly different set of shared-per-CPU interrupts,
allow the irq_is_common[] array to be different per SSE variant.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-32-peter.maydell@linaro.org
We forgot to implement a TYPE_UNIMPLEMENTED_DEVICE stub
for the SYS_PPU in the SSE-200, which is at 0x50022000.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-31-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Move the PPUs into the data-driven device placement framework.
We don't implement them, so they are just TYPE_UNIMPLEMENTED stubs.
Because the SSE-200 and the IotKit diverge here (the IoTKit does
not have the PPUs) we need to separate out the ARMSSEDeviceInfo
for the two variants, and only add the PPUs to the SSE-200.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-30-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Move the sysctl register block into the data-driven device placement
framework.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-29-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Move the sysinfo register block into the data-driven framework.
While we are moving the code for configuring this device around,
regularize on using &error_abortw when setting the integer
properties: they are all simple DEFINE_PROP_UINT32 properties so the
setting can never fail.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-28-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Move the CMSDK timer that uses the S32K slow clock into the data-driven
device placement framework.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-27-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Move the CMSDK watchdog device handling into the data-driven device
placement framework. This is slightly more complicated because these
devices might wire their IRQs up to the NMI line, and because one of
them uses the slow 32KHz clock rather than the main clock.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-26-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Move the CMSDK dualtimer device handling into the data-driven
device placement framework.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-25-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The SSE-300 is mostly the same as the SSE-200, but it has moved some
of the devices in the memory map and uses different device types in
some cases. To accommodate this, add a framework where the placement
and wiring of some devices can be specified in a data table.
This commit adds the framework for this data-driven device placement,
and makes the CMSDK APB timer devices use it. Subsequent commits
will convert the other devices which differ between SSE-200 and
SSE-300.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-24-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The SSE uses 32 interrupts for its own devices, and then passes through
its expansion IRQ inputs to the CPU's interrupts 33 and upward.
Add a define for the number of IRQs the SSE uses for itself, instead
of hardcoding 32.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-23-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Convert the apb_ppc0 and apb_ppc1 fields in the ARMSSE state struct
to use an array instead of two separate fields. We already had one
place in the code that wanted to be able to refer to the PPC by
index, and we're about to add more code like that.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-22-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The SSE-300 has a new register block CPU<N>_PWRCTRL. There is one
instance of this per CPU in the system (so just one for the SSE-300),
and as well as the usual CIDR/PIDR ID registers it has just one
register, CPUPWRCFG. This register allows the guest to configure
behaviour of the system in power-down and deep-sleep states. Since
QEMU does not model those, we make the register a dummy
reads-as-written implementation.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-21-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The ARMSSE_CPUID and ARMSSE_MHU Kconfig stanzas are for the devices
implemented by hw/misc/cpuid.c and hw/misc/armsse-mhu.c. Move them
to hw/misc/Kconfig where they belong.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-20-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The SSE-200 and SSE-300 have different PID register values from the
IoTKit for the sysctl register block. We incorrectly implemented the
SSE-200 with the same PID values as IoTKit. Fix the SSE-200 bug and
report these register values for SSE-300.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-19-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The sysctl PDCM_PD_*_SENSE registers control various power domains in
the system and allow the guest to configure which conditions keep a
power domain awake and what power state to use when the domain is in
a low power state. QEMU doesn't model power domains, so for us these
registers are dummy reads-as-written implementations.
The SSE-300 has a different power domain setup, so the set of
registers is slightly different:
Offset SSE-200 SSE-300
---------------------------------------------------
0x200 PDCM_PD_SYS_SENSE PDCM_PD_SYS_SENSE
0x204 reserved PDCM_PD_CPU0_SENSE
0x208 reserved reserved
0x20c PDCM_PD_SRAM0_SENSE reserved
0x210 PDCM_PD_SRAM1_SENSE reserved
0x214 PDCM_PD_SRAM2_SENSE PDCM_PD_VMR0_SENSE
0x218 PDCM_PD_SRAM3_SENSE PDCM_PD_VMR1_SENSE
Offsets 0x200 and 0x208 are the same for both, so handled in a
previous commit; here we deal with 0x204, 0x20c, 0x210, 0x214, 0x218.
(We can safely add new lines to the SSE300 vmstate because no board
uses this device in an SSE300 yet.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-18-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The SSE-300 has a new PWRCTRL register at offset 0x1fc (previously
reserved). This register controls accessibility of some registers
in the Power Policy Units (PPUs). Since QEMU doesn't implement
the PPUs, we don't need to implement any real behaviour for this
register, so we just handle the UNLOCK bit which controls whether
writes to the register itself are permitted and otherwise make it
be reads-as-written.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-17-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The SSE-300 has only one CPU and so no INITSVTOR1. It does
have INITSVTOR0, but unlike the SSE-200 this register now
has a LOCK bit which can be set to 1 to prevent any further
writes to the register. Implement these differences.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-16-peter.maydell@linaro.org
In the SSE-300 the CPU_WAIT and NMI_ENABLE registers have
moved offsets, so they are now where the SSE-200's WICCTRL
and EWCTRL were. The SSE-300 does not have WICCTLR or EWCTRL
at all, and the old offsets are reserved:
Offset SSE-200 SSE-300
-----------------------------------
0x118 CPUWAIT reserved
0x118 NMI_ENABLE reserved
0x120 WICCTRL CPUWAIT
0x124 EWCTRL NMI_ENABLE
Handle this reshuffle, and the fact that SSE-300 has only
one CPU and so only one active bit in CPUWAIT.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-15-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The SSE-300's iokit-sysctl device is similar to the SSE-200, but
some registers have moved address or have different behaviours.
In this commit we add case statements for the registers where
the SSE-300 and SSE-200 have the same behaviour. Some registers
are the same on all SSE versions and so need no code change at all.
Putting both of these categories together covers:
0x0 SECDBGSTAT
0x4 SECDBGSET
0x8 SECDBGCLR
0xc SCSECCTRL
0x10 CLK_CFG0 -- this is like SSE-200 FCLK_DIV but with a
different set of clocks being controlled; our implementation
is a dummy reads-as-written anyway
0x14 CLK_CFG1 -- similar to SSE-200 SYSCLK_DIV; our implementation
is a dummy
0x18 CLK_FORCE -- similar to SSE-200 but different bit allocations;
we have a dummy implementation
0x100 RESET_SYNDROME -- bit allocation differs from SSE-200 but our
implementation is a dummy
0x104 RESET_MASK -- bit allocation differs from SSE-200 but our
implementation is a dummy
0x108 SWRESET
0x10c GRETREG
0x200 PDCM_PD_SYS_SENSE -- some bit allocations differ, but our
implementation is a dummy
We also need to migrate the state of these registers which are shared
between the SSE-200 and SSE-300, so update the vmstate 'needed'
function to do this.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-14-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The SSE-300 includes some timers which are a different kind to
those in the SSE-200. Model them.
These timers are documented in the SSE-123 Example Subsystem
Technical Reference Manual:
https://developer.arm.com/documentation/101370/latest/
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-13-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The SSE-300 includes a counter module; implement a model of it.
This counter is documented in the SSE-123 Example Subsystem
Technical Reference Manual:
https://developer.arm.com/documentation/101370/latest/
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-12-peter.maydell@linaro.org
For SSE-300, the SYSINFO register block has two new registers:
* SYS_CONFIG1 indicates the config for a potential CPU2 and CPU3;
since the SSE-300 can only be configured with a single CPU it
is always zero
* IIDR is the subsystem implementation identity register;
its value is set by the SoC integrator, so we plumb this in from
the armsse.c code as we do with SYS_VERSION and SYS_CONFIG
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-11-peter.maydell@linaro.org
In the SSE-300, the format of the SYS_CONFIG0 register has changed again;
pass through the correct value to the SYSINFO register block device.
We drop the old SysConfigFormat enum, which was implemented in the
hope that different flavours of SSE would share the same format;
since they all seem to be different and we now have an sse_version
enum to key off, just use that.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-10-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The version of the SYSINFO Register Block in the SSE-300 has
different CIDR/PIDR register values to the SSE-200; pass in
the sse-version property and use it to select the correct
ID register values.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-9-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The versions of the Secure Access Configuration Register Block
and Non-secure Access Configuration Register Block in the SSE-300
are the same as those in the SSE-200, but the CIDR/PIDR ID
register values are different.
Plumb through the sse-version property and use it to select
the correct ID register values.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-8-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Remove the is_sse200 flag in favour of just directly testing the new
sse_version field.
Since some of these registers exist in the SSE-300 but some do not or
have different behaviour, we expand out the if() statements in the
read and write functions into switch()es, so we have an easy place to
put SSE-300 specific behaviour.
(Until we do add the SSE-300 behaviour, the thing preventing us
reaching the "unreachable" default cases is that armsse.c doesn't
yet pass us an ARMSSE_SSE300 version.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-7-peter.maydell@linaro.org
We model Arm "Subsystems for Embedded" SoC subsystems using generic
code which is split into various sub-devices which are configurable
by QOM properties to handle the behaviour differences between the SSE
subsystems we implement. Currently the only sub-device which needs
to change is the IOTKIT_SYSCTL device, and we do this with a mix of
properties that directly specify divergent behaviours (eg
CPUWAIT_RST) and passing it the SYS_VERSION register value as a way
for it to distinguish IoTKit from SSE-200.
The "pass SYS_VERSION" approach is already a bit hacky, since the
IOTKIT_SYSCTL device has to know that the different part of the
register value happens to be bits [31:28]. For SSE-300 this register
is renamed SOC_IDENTITY and has a different format entirely, all of
whose fields can be configured by the SoC integrator when they
integrate the SSE into their SoC, and so "pass SYS_VERSION" breaks
down completely.
Switch to using a simple integer property representing an
internal-to-QEMU enumeration of the SSE flavour. For the moment we
only need this in IOTKIT_SYSCTL, but as we add SSE-300 support a few
of the other devices will also need to know.
We define and permit a value for the SSE-300 so we can start using
it in subsequent commits which add SSE-300 support.
The now-redundant is_sse200 flag in IoTKitSysCtl will be removed
in the following commit.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-6-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Use the new clock_ns_to_ticks() function in npcm7xx_timer where
appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Luc Michel <luc@lmichel.fr>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Hao Wu <wuhaotsh@google.com>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-5-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Add a new callback event type ClockPreUpdate, which is called on
period changes before the period is updated.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Luc Michel <luc@lmichel.fr>
Reviewed-by: Hao Wu <wuhaotsh@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-3-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The Clock framework allows users to specify a callback which is
called after the clock's period has been updated. Some users need to
also have a callback which is called before the clock period is
updated.
As the first step in adding support for notifying Clock users on
pre-update events, add an argument to the ClockCallback to specify
what event is being notified, and add an argument to the various
functions for registering a callback to specify which events are
of interest to that callback.
Note that the documentation update renders correct the previously
incorrect claim in 'Adding a new clock' that callbacks "will be
explained in a following section".
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Luc Michel <luc@lmichel.fr>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210219144617.4782-2-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Treat the num_queues field as virtio-endian. On big-endian hosts the
vhost-user-blk num_queues field was in the wrong endianness.
Move the blkcfg.num_queues store operation from realize to
vhost_user_blk_update_config() so feature negotiation has finished and
we know the endianness of the device. VIRTIO 1.0 devices are
little-endian, but in case someone wants to use legacy VIRTIO we support
all endianness cases.
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Raphael Norwitz <raphael.norwitz@nutanix.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210223144653.811468-2-stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
* sbsa-ref: remove cortex-a53 from list of supported cpus
* sbsa-ref: add 'max' to list of allowed cpus
* target/arm: Add support for FEAT_SSBS, Speculative Store Bypass Safe
* npcm7xx: add EMC model
* xlnx-zynqmp: Remove obsolete 'has_rpu' property
* target/arm: Speed up aarch64 TBL/TBX
* virtio-mmio: improve virtio-mmio get_dev_path alog
* target/arm: Use TCF0 and TFSRE0 for unprivileged tag checks
* target/arm: Restrict v8M IDAU to TCG
* target/arm/cpu: Update coding style to make checkpatch.pl happy
* musicpal, tc6393xb, omap_lcdc, tcx: drop dead code for non-32-bit-RGB surfaces
* Add new board: mps3-an524
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=nphT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge remote-tracking branch 'remotes/pmaydell/tags/pull-target-arm-20210308' into staging
target-arm queue:
* sbsa-ref: remove cortex-a53 from list of supported cpus
* sbsa-ref: add 'max' to list of allowed cpus
* target/arm: Add support for FEAT_SSBS, Speculative Store Bypass Safe
* npcm7xx: add EMC model
* xlnx-zynqmp: Remove obsolete 'has_rpu' property
* target/arm: Speed up aarch64 TBL/TBX
* virtio-mmio: improve virtio-mmio get_dev_path alog
* target/arm: Use TCF0 and TFSRE0 for unprivileged tag checks
* target/arm: Restrict v8M IDAU to TCG
* target/arm/cpu: Update coding style to make checkpatch.pl happy
* musicpal, tc6393xb, omap_lcdc, tcx: drop dead code for non-32-bit-RGB surfaces
* Add new board: mps3-an524
# gpg: Signature made Mon 08 Mar 2021 11:56:24 GMT
# gpg: using RSA key E1A5C593CD419DE28E8315CF3C2525ED14360CDE
# gpg: issuer "peter.maydell@linaro.org"
# gpg: Good signature from "Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>" [ultimate]
# gpg: aka "Peter Maydell <pmaydell@gmail.com>" [ultimate]
# gpg: aka "Peter Maydell <pmaydell@chiark.greenend.org.uk>" [ultimate]
# Primary key fingerprint: E1A5 C593 CD41 9DE2 8E83 15CF 3C25 25ED 1436 0CDE
* remotes/pmaydell/tags/pull-target-arm-20210308: (49 commits)
hw/arm/mps2: Update old infocenter.arm.com URLs
docs/system/arm/mps2.rst: Document the new mps3-an524 board
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Provide PL031 RTC on mps3-an524
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Stub out USB controller for mps3-an524
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Add new mps3-an524 board
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Get armv7m_load_kernel() size argument from RAMInfo
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Support ROMs as well as RAMs
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Set MachineClass default_ram info from RAMInfo data
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Make RAM arrangement board-specific
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Allow boards to have different PPCInfo data
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Size the uart-irq-orgate based on the number of UARTs
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Move device IRQ info to data structures
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Allow PPCPortInfo structures to specify device interrupts
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Correct wrong interrupt numbers for DMA and SPI
hw/misc/mps2-scc: Implement CFG_REG5 and CFG_REG6 for MPS3 AN524
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Make number of IRQs board-specific
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Condition IRQ splitting on number of CPUs, not board type
hw/arm/mps2-tz: Make FPGAIO switch and LED config per-board
hw/misc/mps2-fpgaio: Support SWITCH register
hw/misc/mps2-fpgaio: Make number of LEDs configurable by board
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Update old infocenter.arm.com URLs to the equivalent developer.arm.com
ones (the old URLs should redirect, but we might as well avoid the
redirection notice, and the new URLs are pleasantly shorter).
This commit covers the links to the MPS2 board TRM, the various
Application Notes, the IoTKit and SSE-200 documents.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-25-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The AN524 has a PL031 RTC, which we have a model of; provide it
rather than an unimplemented-device stub.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-23-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The AN524 has a USB controller (an ISP1763); we don't have a model of
it but we should provide a stub "unimplemented-device" for it. This
is slightly complicated because the USB controller shares a PPC port
with the ethernet controller.
Implement a make_* function which provides creates a container
MemoryRegion with both the ethernet controller and an
unimplemented-device stub for the USB controller.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-22-peter.maydell@linaro.org
When the MacOS toolbox ROM transfers data from a target device to an unaligned
memory address, the first/last byte of a 16-bit transfer needs to be handled
separately. This means that the first byte is preloaded into the FIFO before
the transfer, or the last byte remains in the FIFO after the transfer.
The result of this is that the PDMA routines must be updated so that the FIFO
is loaded/unloaded if the last 16-bit word is used (rather than the last byte)
and any remaining byte from a FIFO wraparound is handled correctly.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-43-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
The MacOS toolbox ROM uses non-DMA TI commands to handle the first/last byte
of an unaligned 16-bit transfer to memory.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-42-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
The bottom 5 bits contain the number of bytes remaining in the FIFO which is
trivial to implement with Fifo8 (the remaining bits are unimplemented and left
as 0 for now).
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-41-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Rename ESP_CMDBUF_SZ to ESP_CMDFIFO_SZ and cmdbuf_cdb_offset to cmdfifo_cdb_offset
to indicate that the command buffer type has changed from an array to a Fifo8.
This also enables us to remove the ESPState field cmdlen since the command length
is now simply the number of elements used in cmdfifo.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-40-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Rename TI_BUFSZ to ESP_FIFO_SZ since this constant is really describing the size
of the FIFO and is not directly related to the TI size.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-39-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
The SCSI bus should remain in the message out phase after the SATN and stop
command rather than transitioning to the command phase. A new ESPState variable
cmdbuf_cdb_offset is added which stores the offset of the CDB from the start
of cmdbuf when accumulating extended message out phase data.
Currently any extended message out data is discarded in do_cmd() before the CDB
is processed in do_busid_cmd().
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-38-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Some guests use a mixture of DMA and non-DMA transfers in combination with the
SATN and stop command to transfer message out phase and command phase bytes to
the target. Prepare for the next commit by adding a maxlen parameter to
get_cmd() to allow partial transfers.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-37-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
This matches the description in the datasheet and is required as support for
non-DMA transfers is added.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-36-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Commit ea84a44250 "scsi: esp: Defer command completion until previous interrupts
have been handled" provided a mechanism to delay the command completion interrupt
until ESP_RINTR is read after the command has completed.
With the previous fixes for latching the ESP_RINTR bits and deferring the setting
of the command completion interrupt for incoming data to the SCSI callback, this
workaround is no longer required and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-35-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
The MacOS toolbox ROM issues a command to the ESP controller as part of its
"FAST" SCSI routines and then proceeds to read the incoming data soon after
receiving the command completion interrupt.
Unfortunately due to SCSI block transfers being asynchronous the incoming data
may not yet be present causing an underflow error. Resolve this by waiting for
the SCSI subsystem transfer_data callback before raising the command completion
interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-34-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Currently the ESP_RINTR register is set to a specific value as required within
the ESP state machine. In order to implement the upcoming deferred interrupt
functionality it is necessary to set individual bits within ESP_RINTR so that
a deferred interrupt will not overwrite the value of any other interrupt bits.
This also requires fixing up a few locations where the ESP_RINTR and ESP_RSEQ
registers are set/reset unexpectedly.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-33-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
At this point it is now possible to properly implement the FIFO flush command
without causing guest errors.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-32-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
The MacOS toolbox ROM performs 4 byte reads/writes when transferring data to
and from the target. Since the SCSI bus is 16-bits wide, use the memory API
to split a 4 byte access into 2 x 2 byte accesses.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-31-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Now that all data is transferred via the FIFO (ti_buf) there is no need to track
the source buffer being used for the data transfer. This also eliminates the
need for a separate subsection for PDMA state migration.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-30-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
PDMA as implemented on the Quadra 800 uses DREQ to load data into the FIFO
up to a maximum of 16 bytes at a time. The MacOS toolbox ROM requires this
because it mixes FIFO and PDMA transfers whilst checking the FIFO status
and counter registers to ensure success.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-29-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Currently the target selection for PDMA is done after the SCSI command has been
delivered which is not correct. Perform target selection as part of the initial
get_cmd() call when the command is submitted: if no target is present, don't
raise DRQ.
If the target is present then switch to the command phase since the MacOS toolbox
ROM checks for this before attempting to submit the SCSI command.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-28-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
This better describes the purpose of the function.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-27-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
The cmdbuf is really just a copy of FIFO data (including extra message phase
bytes) so its pdma_origin is effectively TI. Fortunately we already know when
we are receiving a SCSI command since do_cmd == 1 which enables us to
distinguish between the two cases in esp_pdma_read()/esp_pdma_write().
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-26-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Real hardware simply counts down using the in-built TC to determine when the
the PDMA request is complete. Use the TC to determine the PDMA transfer length
which then enables us to remove the redundant pdma_len variable.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-25-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
This eliminates the last user of the PDMA-specific pdma_cur variable which can
now be removed.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-24-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Here the updates to async_len and ti_size are moved into the corresponding
esp_pdma_read()/esp_pdma_write() function to eliminate the reference to
pdma_cur in do_dma_pdma_cb().
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-23-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Now that PDMA SCSI commands are accumulated in cmdbuf in the same way as normal
commands, the existing logic for locating the start of the SCSI command in
cmdbuf via cmdlen can be used. This enables the PDMA-specific pdma_start and
also get_pdma_buf() to be removed.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-22-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Now that all SCSI commands are accumulated in cmdbuf, remove the buf and buflen
parameters from get_cmd() since these always reference cmdbuf and ESP_CMDBUF_SZ
respectively.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-21-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Now that all SCSI commands are accumulated in cmdbuf, remove the buf parameter
from do_cmd() since this always points to cmdbuf.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-20-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
ESP SCSI commands are already accumulated in cmdbuf and so there is no need to
keep a separate pdma_buf buffer. Accumulate SCSI commands for PDMA transfers in
cmdbuf instead of pdma_buf so update cmdlen accordingly and change pdma_origin
for PDMA transfers to CMD which allows the PDMA origin to be removed.
This commit also removes a stray memcpy() from get_cmd() which is a no-op because
cmdlen is always zero at the start of a command.
Notionally the removal of pdma_buf from vmstate_esp_pdma also breaks migration
compatibility for the PDMA subsection until its complete removal by the end of
the series.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-19-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
This is the first step in removing get_pdma_buf() from esp.c.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-17-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
The limiting of DMA transfers to the maximum size of the available data is already
handled by esp_do_dma() and do_dma_pdma_cb().
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-15-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
The ESP device already keeps track of the remaining bytes left to transfer via
its TC (transfer counter) register which is decremented for each byte that
is transferred across the SCSI bus.
Switch the transfer logic to use the value of TC instead of dma_left and then
remove dma_left completely, adding logic to the vmstate_esp post_load() function
to transfer the old dma_left value to the TC register during migration from
older versions.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-14-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
The value of dma_counter is set once at the start of the transfer and remains
the same until the transfer is complete. This allows the check in esp_transfer_data
to be simplified since dma_left will always be non-zero until the transfer is
completed.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-13-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Perform the length adjustment whereby a value of 0 in the STC represents
a transfer length of 0x10000 at the point where the TC is loaded at the
start of a DMA command rather than just when a TI (Transfer Information)
command is executed. This better matches the description as given in the
datasheet.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-12-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
This function simplifies reading the STC register value without having to manually
shift each individual 8-bit value.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-11-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
These functions simplify reading and writing the TC register value without having to
manually shift each individual 8-bit value.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-10-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
The transfer direction is currently determined by checking the sign of ti_size
but as this series progresses ti_size can be zero at the end of the transfer.
Use the SCSI phase to determine the transfer direction as used in other SCSI
controller implementations.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-9-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
This will become more useful later when trying to debug mixed FIFO and PDMA
requests.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-8-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Move the trace event to the end of the function so that it correctly reports
the returned value if it doesn't come directly from the rregs array.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-7-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
This enables us to determine whether the command being issued is for a DMA or a
non-DMA transfer.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-6-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
The QOM object representing ESPState is currently embedded within both the
SYSBUS_ESP and PCI_ESP devices with migration state handled by embedding
vmstate_esp within each device using VMSTATE_STRUCT.
Since the vmstate_esp fields are embedded directly within the migration
stream, the incoming vmstate_esp version_id is lost. The only version information
available is that from vmstate_sysbus_esp_scsi and vmstate_esp_pci_scsi, but
those versions represent their respective devices and not that of the underlying
ESPState.
Resolve this by adding a new version-dependent field in vmstate_sysbus_esp_scsi
and vmstate_esp_pci_scsi which stores the vmstate_esp version_id field within
ESPState to be used to allow migration from older QEMU versions.
Finally bump the vmstate_esp version to 5 to cover the upcoming ESPState changes
within this patch series.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-5-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Make this new QOM device state a child device of both the sysbus-esp and esp-pci
implementations.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-4-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
The existing ESP QOM type currently represents a sysbus device with an embedded
ESP state. Rename the type to SYSBUS_ESP accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20210304221103.6369-3-mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
This file is borrowed from the RTEMS source code, which comes
with a GPL-2.0-or-later license with a header exception.
Expand the GPL-2.0-or-later license in place to not be dependent
on a 3rd party website. This also fix the misleading comment "The
license and distribution terms for this file may be found in the
file LICENSE in this distribution" referring to the RTEMS distribution
and not to the QEMU one.
Suggested-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Message-Id: <20210222185605.2714192-1-f4bug@amsat.org>
As replaced the generic CONFIG_SH4 by more fine-grained
selectors, we can remove this now unused config variable.
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210222141514.2646278-9-f4bug@amsat.org>
We want to be able to use the 'SH4' config for architecture
specific features. Add more fine-grained selection by adding
a CONFIG_SH_PCI selector for the SH4 PCI controller.
Move the file with the other PCI host devices in hw/pci-host
and add its missing MAINTAINERS entries.
Suggested-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210222141514.2646278-8-f4bug@amsat.org>
Add more fine-grained selection by adding a CONFIG_TC58128
selector for the TC58128 eeprom.
As this device is only used by the Shix machine, add an entry
to the proper section in MAINTAINERS.
Suggested-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210222141514.2646278-7-f4bug@amsat.org>
We want to be able to use the 'SH4' config for architecture
specific features. Add more fine-grained selection by adding
a CONFIG_SH_TIMER selector for the SH4 timer control unit.
Add the missing MAINTAINERS entries.
Suggested-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210222141514.2646278-6-f4bug@amsat.org>
We want to be able to use the 'SH4' config for architecture
specific features. Add more fine-grained selection by adding
a CONFIG_SH_SCI selector for the SH4 serial controller.
Add the missing MAINTAINERS entries.
Suggested-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210222141514.2646278-5-f4bug@amsat.org>
We want to be able to use the 'SH4' config for architecture
specific features. Add more fine-grained selection by adding
a CONFIG_SH_INTC selector for the SH4 interrupt controller.
Suggested-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210222141514.2646278-4-f4bug@amsat.org>
r2d_init() calls sh7750_init() so depends on SH7750.Harmless
at the moment because nothing actually uses CONFIG_SH7750
(hw/sh4/meson.build always compiles sh7750.c and sh7750_regnames.c
unconditionally).
Fixes: 7ab58d4c84 ("sh4-softmmu.mak: express dependencies with Kconfig")
Reported-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210222141514.2646278-3-f4bug@amsat.org>
This code was introduced in commit 27c7ca7e77,
("SHIX board emulation (Samuel Tardieu)"). Use
the same license.
Cc: Samuel Tardieu <sam@rfc1149.net>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210222141514.2646278-2-f4bug@amsat.org>
Add support for the mps3-an524 board; this is an SSE-200 based FPGA
image, like the existing mps2-an521. It has a usefully larger amount
of RAM, and a PL031 RTC, as well as some more minor differences.
In real hardware this image runs on a newer generation of the FPGA
board, the MPS3 rather than the older MPS2. Architecturally the two
boards are similar, so we implement the MPS3 boards in the mps2-tz.c
file as variations of the existing MPS2 boards.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-21-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The armv7m_load_kernel() function takes a mem_size argument which it
expects to be the size of the memory region at guest address 0. (It
uses this argument only as a limit on how large a raw image file it
can load at address zero).
Instead of hardcoding this value, find the RAMInfo corresponding to
the 0 address and extract its size.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-20-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The AN505 and AN521 don't have any read-only memory, but the AN524
does; add a flag to ROMInfo to mark a region as ROM.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-19-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Instead of hardcoding the MachineClass default_ram_size and
default_ram_id fields, set them on class creation by finding the
entry in the RAMInfo array which is marked as being the QEMU system
RAM.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-18-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The AN505 and AN521 have the same layout of RAM; the AN524 does not.
Replace the current hard-coding of where the RAM is and which parts
of it are behind which MPCs with a data-driven approach.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-17-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The AN505 and AN521 have the same device layout, but the AN524 is
somewhat different. Allow for more than one PPCInfo array, which can
be selected based on the board type.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-16-peter.maydell@linaro.org
We create an OR gate to wire together the overflow IRQs for all the
UARTs on the board; this has to have twice the number of inputs as
there are UARTs, since each UART feeds it a TX overflow and an RX
overflow interrupt line. Replace the hardcoded '10' with a
calculation based on the size of the uart[] array in the
MPS2TZMachineState. (We rely on OR gate inputs that are never wired
up or asserted being treated as always-zero.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-15-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Move the specification of the IRQ information for the uart, ethernet,
dma and spi devices to the data structures. (The other devices
handled by the PPCPortInfo structures don't have any interrupt lines
we need to wire up.)
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-14-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The mps2-tz code uses PPCPortInfo data structures to define what
devices are present and how they are wired up. Currently we use
these to specify device types and addresses, but hard-code the
interrupt line wiring in each make_* helper function. This works for
the two boards we have at the moment, but the AN524 has some devices
with different interrupt assignments.
This commit adds the framework to allow PPCPortInfo structures to
specify interrupt numbers. We add an array of interrupt numbers to
the PPCPortInfo struct, and pass it through to the make_* helpers.
The following commit will change the make_* helpers over to using the
framework.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-13-peter.maydell@linaro.org
On the MPS2 boards, the first 32 interrupt lines are entirely
internal to the SSE; interrupt lines for devices outside the SSE
start at 32. In the application notes that document each FPGA image,
the interrupt wiring is documented from the point of view of the CPU,
so '0' is the first of the SSE's interrupts and the devices in the
FPGA image itself are '32' and up: so the UART 0 Receive interrupt is
32, the SPI #0 interrupt is 51, and so on.
Within our implementation, because the external interrupts must be
connected to the EXP_IRQ[0...n] lines of the SSE object, we made the
get_sse_irq_in() function take an irqno whose values start at 0 for
the first FPGA device interrupt. In this numbering scheme the UART 0
Receive interrupt is 0, the SPI #0 interrupt is 19, and so on.
The result of these two different numbering schemes has been that
half of the devices were wired up to the wrong IRQs: the UART IRQs
are wired up correctly, but the DMA and SPI devices were passing
start-at-32 values to get_sse_irq_in() and so being mis-connected.
Fix the bug by making get_sse_irq_in() take values specified with the
same scheme that the hardware manuals use, to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-12-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The AN524 version of the SCC interface has different behaviour for
some of the CFG registers; implement it.
Each board in this family can have minor differences in the meaning
of the CFG registers, so rather than trying to specify all the
possible semantics via individual device properties, we make the
behaviour conditional on the part-number field of the SCC_ID register
which the board code already passes us.
For the AN524, the differences are:
* CFG3 is reserved rather than being board switches
* CFG5 is a new register ("ACLK Frequency in Hz")
* CFG6 is a new register ("Clock divider for BRAM")
We implement both of the new registers as reads-as-written.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-11-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The AN524 has more interrupt lines than the AN505 and AN521; make
numirq board-specific rather than a compile-time constant.
Since the difference is small (92 on the current boards and 95 on the
new one) we don't dynamically allocate the cpu_irq_splitter[] array
but leave it as a fixed length array whose size is the maximum needed
for any of the boards.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-10-peter.maydell@linaro.org
In the mps2-tz board code, we handle devices whose interrupt lines
must be wired to all CPUs by creating IRQ splitter devices for the
AN521, because it has 2 CPUs, but wiring the device IRQ directly to
the SSE/IoTKit input for the AN505, which has only 1 CPU.
We can avoid making an explicit check on the board type constant by
instead creating and using the IRQ splitters for any board with more
than 1 CPU. This avoids having to add extra cases to the
conditionals every time we add new boards.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-9-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Set the FPGAIO num-leds and have-switches properties explicitly
per-board, rather than relying on the defaults. The AN505 and AN521
both have the same settings as the default values, but the AN524 will
be different.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-8-peter.maydell@linaro.org
MPS3 boards have an extra SWITCH register in the FPGAIO block which
reports the value of some switches. Implement this, governed by a
property the board code can use to specify whether whether it exists.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-7-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The MPS2 board has 2 LEDs, but the MPS3 board has 10 LEDs. The
FPGAIO device is similar on both sets of boards, but the LED0
register has correspondingly more bits that have an effect. Add a
device property for number of LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-6-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The AN505 and AN511 happen to share the same OSCCLK values, but the
AN524 will have a different set (and more of them), so split the
settings out to be per-board.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-5-peter.maydell@linaro.org
We were previously using the default OSCCLK settings, which are
correct for the older MPS2 boards (mps2-an385, mps2-an386,
mps2-an500, mps2-an511), but wrong for the mps2-an505 and mps2-511
implemented in mps2-tz.c. Now we're setting the values explicitly we
can fix them to be correct.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-4-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Currently the MPS2 SCC device implements a fixed number of OSCCLK
values (3). The variant of this device in the MPS3 AN524 board has 6
OSCCLK values. Switch to using a PROP_ARRAY, which allows board code
to specify how large the OSCCLK array should be as well as its
values.
With a variable-length property array, the SCC no longer specifies
default values for the OSCCLKs, so we must set them explicitly in the
board code. This defaults are actually incorrect for the an521 and
an505; we will correct this bug in a following patch.
This is a migration compatibility break for all the mps boards.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-3-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The AN524 has a different SYSCLK frequency from the AN505 and AN521;
make the SYSCLK frequency a field in the MPS2TZMachineClass rather
than a compile-time constant so we can support the AN524.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215115138.20465-2-peter.maydell@linaro.org
For a long time now the UI layer has guaranteed that the console
surface is always 32 bits per pixel, RGB. The TCX code already
assumes 32bpp, but it still has some checks of is_surface_bgr()
in an attempt to support 32bpp BGR. is_surface_bgr() will always
return false for the qemu_console_surface(), unless the display
device itself has deliberately created an alternate-format
surface via a function like qemu_create_displaysurface_from().
Drop the never-used BGR-handling code, and assert that we have
a 32-bit surface rather than just doing nothing if it isn't.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mark Cave-Ayland <mark.cave-ayland@ilande.co.uk>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215102149.20513-1-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The macro draw_line_func is used only once; just expand it.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20210215103215.4944-10-peter.maydell@linaro.org
We only include the template header once, so just inline it into the
source file for the device.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20210215103215.4944-9-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Fix some minor coding style issues in the template header,
so checkpatch doesn't complain when we move the code.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20210215103215.4944-8-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The draw_line16_32() function in the omap_lcdc template header
includes an ifdef for the case where HOST_WORDS_BIGENDIAN matches
TARGET_WORDS_BIGENDIAN. This is trying to optimise for "source
bitmap and destination bitmap format match", but it is broken,
because in this function the formats don't match: the source is
16-bit colour and the destination is 32-bit colour, so a memcpy()
will produce corrupted graphics output. Drop the bogus ifdef.
This bug was introduced in commit ea644cf343, when we dropped
support for DEPTH values other than 32 from the template header.
The old #if line was
#if DEPTH == 16 && defined(HOST_WORDS_BIGENDIAN) == defined(TARGET_WORDS_BIGENDIAN)
and this was mistakenly changed to
#if defined(HOST_WORDS_BIGENDIAN) == defined(TARGET_WORDS_BIGENDIAN)
rather than deleting the #if as now having an always-false condition.
Fixes: ea644cf343
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20210215103215.4944-7-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The omap_lcdc template header is already only included once, for
DEPTH==32, but it still has all the macro-driven parameterization
for other depths. Expand out all the macros in the header.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20210215103215.4944-6-peter.maydell@linaro.org
The function tc6393xb_draw_graphic32() is called in exactly one place,
so just inline the function body at its callsite. This allows us to
drop the template header entirely.
The code move includes a single added space after 'for' to fix
the coding style.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20210215103215.4944-5-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Now the template header is included only for BITS==32, expand
out all the macros that depended on the BITS setting.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215103215.4944-4-peter.maydell@linaro.org
Some SCSI drivers like virtio have an internal mapping for the
host_status. This patch moves the host_status translation into
the SCSI drivers to allow those drivers to set up the correct
values.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>.
[Added default handling to avoid touching all drivers. - Paolo]
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Currently sg_io_sense_from_errno() converts the two input parameters
'errno' and 'io_hdr' into sense code and SCSI status. Having
split the function off into scsi_sense_from_errno() and
scsi_sense_from_host_status(), both of which are available generically,
we now inline the logic in the callers so that scsi-disk and
scsi-generic will be able to pass host_status to the HBA.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Message-Id: <20201116184041.60465-7-hare@suse.de>
[Put together from "scsi-disk: Add sg_io callback to evaluate status"
and what remains of "scsi: split sg_io_sense_from_errno() in two functions",
with many other fixes. - Paolo]
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
If a READ CAPACITY command would fail, for example s->qdev.blocksize would be
set to zero and cause a division by zero on the next use.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
When loading the PVH start address from a 32 bit ELF note, extract
only the appropriate number of bytes.
Fixes: ab969087da ("pvh: Boot uncompressed kernel using direct boot ABI")
Signed-off-by: David Edmondson <david.edmondson@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Garzarella <sgarzare@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210302090315.3031492-3-david.edmondson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
PCI_DEVICE has overwritten DeviceState::unrealize (pci_qdev_unrealize).
However, LSI53C895A, which is a subclass of PCI_DEVICE, overwrites it
again and doesn't save the parent's implementation so the PCI_DEVICE's
implementation of DeviceState::unrealize will never be called when
unrealize a LSI53C895A device. And it will lead to memory leak and
unplug failure.
For a PCI device, it's better to implement PCIDevice::exit instead of
DeviceState::unrealize. So let's change to use PCIDevice::exit.
Fixes: a8632434c7 ("lsi: implement I/O memory space for Memory Move instructions")
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Signed-off-by: Peng Liang <liangpeng10@huawei.com>
Message-Id: <20210302133016.1221081-1-liangpeng10@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The userspace local APIC is basically untested and does not support many
features such as TSC deadline timer, x2APIC or PV spinlocks. On the
other hand, the PIT and IOAPIC are okay as they are not tied to
the processor and are tested with -M kernel-irqchip=split.
Therefore, deprecate the local APIC and, with it, limit
-M kernel-irqchip=off to the ISA PC machine type, which does not
have a local APIC at all.
Reviewed-by: Maxim Levitsky <mlevitsk@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
For a long time now the UI layer has guaranteed that the console
surface is always 32 bits per pixel RGB. Remove the legacy dead
code from the tc6393xb display device which was handling the
possibility that the console surface was some other format.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215103215.4944-3-peter.maydell@linaro.org
For a long time now the UI layer has guaranteed that the console
surface is always 32 bits per pixel RGB. Remove the legacy dead
code from the milkymist display device which was handling the
possibility that the console surface was some other format.
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Message-id: 20210215103215.4944-2-peter.maydell@linaro.org
At the moment the following QEMU command line triggers an assertion
failure On xlnx-versal SOC:
qemu-system-aarch64 \
-machine xlnx-versal-virt -nographic -smp 2 -m 128 \
-fsdev local,id=shareid,path=${HOME}/work,security_model=none \
-device virtio-9p-device,fsdev=shareid,mount_tag=share \
-fsdev local,id=shareid1,path=${HOME}/Music,security_model=none \
-device virtio-9p-device,fsdev=shareid1,mount_tag=share1
qemu-system-aarch64: ../migration/savevm.c:860:
vmstate_register_with_alias_id:
Assertion `!se->compat || se->instance_id == 0' failed.
This problem was fixed on arm virt platform in commit f58b39d2d5
("virtio-mmio: format transport base address in BusClass.get_dev_path")
It works perfectly on arm virt platform. but there is still there on
xlnx-versal SOC.
The main difference between arm virt and xlnx-versal is they use
different way to create virtio-mmio qdev. on arm virt, it calls
sysbus_create_simple("virtio-mmio", base, pic[irq]); which will call
sysbus_mmio_map internally and assign base address to subsys device
mmio correctly. but xlnx-versal's implements won't do this.
However, xlnx-versal can't switch to sysbus_create_simple() to create
virtio-mmio device. It's because xlnx-versal's cpu use
VersalVirt.soc.fpd.apu.mr as it's memory. which is subregion of
system_memory. sysbus_create_simple will add virtio to system_memory,
which can't be accessed by cpu.
Besides, xlnx-versal can't add sysbus_mmio_map api call too, because
this will add memory region to system_memory, and it can't be added
to VersalVirt.soc.fpd.apu.mr again.
We can solve this by assign correct base address offset on dev_path.
This path was test on aarch64 virt & xlnx-versal platform.
Signed-off-by: schspa <schspa@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The STATUS register will be reset to IDLE in
cnpcm7xx_smbus_enter_reset(), no need to preset
it in instance_init().
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Hao Wu <wuhaotsh@google.com>
Message-id: 20210228224813.312532-1-f4bug@amsat.org
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
We hint the 'has_rpu' property is no longer required since commit
6908ec448b ("xlnx-zynqmp: Properly support the smp command line
option") which was released in QEMU v2.11.0.
Beside, this device is marked 'user_creatable = false', so the
only thing that could be setting the property is the board code
that creates the device.
Since the property is not user-facing, we can remove it without
going through the deprecation process.
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20210219144350.1979905-1-f4bug@amsat.org
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This is a 10/100 ethernet device that has several features.
Only the ones needed by the Linux driver have been implemented.
See npcm7xx_emc.c for a list of unimplemented features.
Reviewed-by: Hao Wu <wuhaotsh@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Avi Fishman <avi.fishman@nuvoton.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Doug Evans <dje@google.com>
Message-id: 20210218212453.831406-3-dje@google.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This is a 10/100 ethernet device that has several features.
Only the ones needed by the Linux driver have been implemented.
See npcm7xx_emc.c for a list of unimplemented features.
Reviewed-by: Hao Wu <wuhaotsh@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Avi Fishman <avi.fishman@nuvoton.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Evans <dje@google.com>
Message-id: 20210218212453.831406-2-dje@google.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Let add 'max' cpu while work goes on adding newer CPU types than
Cortex-A72. This allows us to check SVE etc support.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Juszkiewicz <marcin.juszkiewicz@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Leif Lindholm <leif@nuviainc.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20210216150122.3830863-3-marcin.juszkiewicz@linaro.org
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This PR is a collection of RISC-V patches:
- Improvements to SiFive U OTP
- Upgrade OpenSBI to v0.9
- Support the QMP dump-guest-memory
- Add support for the SiFive SPI controller (sifive_u)
- Initial RISC-V system documentation
- A fix for the Goldfish RTC
- MAINTAINERS updates
- Support for high PCIe memory in the virt machine
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEyBAABCAAdFiEE9sSsRtSTSGjTuM6PIeENKd+XcFQFAmBA8k8ACgkQIeENKd+X
cFRRMgf41R7Zn1ZSB9GHL3WgLDTPqpT4FAMpTnYRD7wPdspawl1SsHWBgaLNmJWk
dwSLhvHMM44pOVCQRqdkiRrp5t5fDEm6gdRKyNn5uzWFMn7ibYIjmg7OE+79onbN
VES4yTJwuskD/7JRNcrW6RytKRgzKs2au8NxxgtgXprSF0nM9wCu70z4T9XkLfjQ
cpJUUaUCw628uUic/nObTxMnaiEmq/C0qU9SRRKPYVRp7jceCsHMVRazqOgdM6uf
foNHi/uCNKy6I841+D8Po7h57s51LtT78JDRRVRPfWY+SRQyC5l8Eq3UtRPyg39p
7hhkiAKhG4rs8iCXKvMvTz0S//Cx
=BVLq
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge remote-tracking branch 'remotes/alistair/tags/pull-riscv-to-apply-20210304' into staging
RISC-V PR for 6.0
This PR is a collection of RISC-V patches:
- Improvements to SiFive U OTP
- Upgrade OpenSBI to v0.9
- Support the QMP dump-guest-memory
- Add support for the SiFive SPI controller (sifive_u)
- Initial RISC-V system documentation
- A fix for the Goldfish RTC
- MAINTAINERS updates
- Support for high PCIe memory in the virt machine
# gpg: Signature made Thu 04 Mar 2021 14:44:31 GMT
# gpg: using RSA key F6C4AC46D4934868D3B8CE8F21E10D29DF977054
# gpg: Good signature from "Alistair Francis <alistair@alistair23.me>" [full]
# Primary key fingerprint: F6C4 AC46 D493 4868 D3B8 CE8F 21E1 0D29 DF97 7054
* remotes/alistair/tags/pull-riscv-to-apply-20210304:
hw/riscv: virt: Map high mmio for PCIe
hw/riscv: virt: Limit RAM size in a 32-bit system
hw/riscv: virt: Drop the 'link_up' parameter of gpex_pcie_init()
hw/riscv: Drop 'struct MemmapEntry'
MAINTAINERS: Add a SiFive machine section
goldfish_rtc: re-arm the alarm after migration
docs/system: riscv: Add documentation for sifive_u machine
docs/system: Add RISC-V documentation
docs/system: Sort targets in alphabetical order
hw/riscv: sifive_u: Change SIFIVE_U_GEM_IRQ to decimal value
hw/riscv: sifive_u: Add QSPI2 controller and connect an SD card
hw/riscv: sifive_u: Add QSPI0 controller and connect a flash
hw/ssi: Add SiFive SPI controller support
hw/block: m25p80: Add various ISSI flash information
hw/block: m25p80: Add ISSI SPI flash support
target-riscv: support QMP dump-guest-memory
roms/opensbi: Upgrade from v0.8 to v0.9
hw/misc: sifive_u_otp: Use error_report() when block operation fails
target/riscv: Declare csr_ops[] with a known size
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Some peripherals require 64-bit PCI address, so let's map the high
mmio space for PCIe.
For RV32, the address is hardcoded to below 4 GiB from the highest
accessible physical address. For RV64, the base address depends on
top of RAM and is aligned to its size which is using 16 GiB for now.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Message-id: 20210220144807.819-5-bmeng.cn@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
RV32 supports 34-bit physical address hence the maximum RAM size
should be limited. Limit the RAM size to 10 GiB, which leaves
some room for PCIe high mmio space.
For 32-bit host, this is not needed as machine->ram_size cannot
represent a RAM size that big. Use a #if size test to only do
the size limitation for the 64-bit host.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Message-id: 20210220144807.819-4-bmeng.cn@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
`link_up` is never used in gpex_pcie_init(). Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Message-id: 20210220144807.819-3-bmeng.cn@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
There is already a MemMapEntry type defined in hwaddr.h. Let's drop
the RISC-V defined `struct MemmapEntry` and use the existing one.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20210220144807.819-2-bmeng.cn@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
After a migration the clock offset is updated, but we also
need to re-arm the alarm if needed.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20201220112615.933036-7-laurent@vivier.eu
Signed-off-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
This adds the QSPI2 controller to the SoC, and connects an SD
card to it. The generation of corresponding device tree source
fragment is also added.
Specify machine property `msel` to 11 to boot the same upstream
U-Boot SPL and payload image for the SiFive HiFive Unleashed board.
Note subsequent payload is stored in the SD card image.
$ qemu-system-riscv64 -nographic -M sifive_u,msel=11 -smp 5 -m 8G \
-bios u-boot-spl.bin -drive file=sdcard.img,if=sd
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Message-id: 20210126060007.12904-6-bmeng.cn@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
This adds the QSPI0 controller to the SoC, and connects an ISSI
25WP256 flash to it. The generation of corresponding device tree
source fragment is also added.
Since the direct memory-mapped mode is not supported by the SiFive
SPI model, the <reg> property does not populate the second group
which represents the memory mapped address of the SPI flash.
With this commit, upstream U-Boot for the SiFive HiFive Unleashed
board can boot on QEMU 'sifive_u' out of the box. This allows users
to develop and test the recommended RISC-V boot flow with a real
world use case: ZSBL (in QEMU) loads U-Boot SPL from SPI flash to
L2LIM, then U-Boot SPL loads the payload from SPI flash that is
combined with OpenSBI fw_dynamic firmware and U-Boot proper.
Specify machine property `msel` to 6 to allow booting from the SPI
flash. U-Boot spl is directly loaded via `-bios`, and subsequent
payload is stored in the SPI flash image. Example command line:
$ qemu-system-riscv64 -nographic -M sifive_u,msel=6 -smp 5 -m 8G \
-bios u-boot-spl.bin -drive file=spi-nor.img,if=mtd
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Message-id: 20210126060007.12904-5-bmeng.cn@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
This adds the SiFive SPI controller model for the FU540 SoC.
The direct memory-mapped SPI flash mode is unsupported.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Message-id: 20210126060007.12904-4-bmeng.cn@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
This updates the flash information table to include various ISSI
flashes that are supported by upstream U-Boot and Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Message-id: 20210126060007.12904-3-bmeng.cn@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
This adds the ISSI SPI flash support. The number of dummy cycles in
fast read, fast read dual output and fast read quad output commands
is currently using the default 8. Likewise, the same default value
is used for fast read dual/quad I/O command. Per the datasheet [1],
the number of dummy cycles is configurable, but this is not modeled
at present.
For flash whose size is larger than 16 MiB, the sequence of 3-byte
address along with EXTADD bit in the bank address register (BAR) is
not supported. We assume that guest software always uses op codes
with 4-byte address sequence. Fortunately, this is the case for both
U-Boot and Linux spi-nor drivers.
QPI (Quad Peripheral Interface) that supports 2-cycle instruction
has different default values for dummy cycles of fast read family
commands, and is unsupported at the time being.
[1] http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/25LP-WP256.pdf
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Message-id: 20210126060007.12904-2-bmeng.cn@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
At present when blk_pread() / blk_pwrite() fails, a guest error
is logged, but this is not really a guest error. Change to use
error_report() instead.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Message-id: 1611026585-29971-1-git-send-email-bmeng.cn@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
A pwrite() call returns the number of bytes written (or -1 on error),
and vfio-ccw compares this number with the size of the region to
determine if an error had occurred or not.
If they are not equal, this is a failure and the errno is used to
determine exactly how things failed. An errno of zero is possible
(though unlikely) in this situation and would be translated to a
successful operation.
If they ARE equal, the ret_code field is read from the region to
determine how to proceed. While the kernel sets the ret_code field
as necessary, the region and thus this field is not "written back"
to the user. So the value can only be what it was initialized to,
which is zero.
So, let's convert an unexpected length with errno of zero to a
return code of -EFAULT, and explicitly set an expected length to
a return code of zero. This will be a little safer and clearer.
Suggested-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Farman <farman@linux.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <20210303160739.2179378-1-farman@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
The virtio standard specifies that any non-transitional device must
reject commands prior to revision setting (which we do). Devices
that are transitional need to assume revision 0 (legacy) if the
driver sends a non-revision-setting command first in order to
support legacy drivers. We neglected to do the latter.
Fortunately, nearly everything worked as intended anyway; the only
problem was not properly rejecting revision setting after some other
command had been issued. Easy to fix by setting revision to 0 if
we see a non-revision command on a legacy-capable revision-less
device.
Found by code inspection, not observed in the wild.
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <20210216111830.1087847-1-cohuck@redhat.com>
Some CLP response data was accidentally dropped when fixing endianness
issues with the Query PCI Function CLP response. All of these values are
sent as 0s to the guest for emulated devices, so the impact is only
observed on passthrough devices.
Fixes: a4e2fff1b1 ("s390x/pci: fix endianness issues")
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <1613681609-9349-1-git-send-email-mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
Commit 2c44220d05 ("meson: convert hw/arch*"), which migrated the old
Makefile.objs to meson.build accidentally excluded virtio-ccw-9p.c and
thus the virtio-9p-ccw device from the build (and potentially also
included the file virtio-ccw-blk.c twice in the source set). And since
CONFIG_VIRTFS can't be used the way it was used here (see commit
2c9dce0196 ("meson: do not use CONFIG_VIRTFS")), the preconditions have
to be written differently.
Let's fix this!
Signed-off-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.ibm.com>
Fixes: 2c44220d05 ("meson: convert hw/arch*")
Reported-by: Jakob Naucke <jakob.naucke@ibm.com>
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210218034059.1096078-1-pasic@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cornelia Huck <cohuck@redhat.com>
In the past, virtio-gpu set NULL as the surface for the secondary
consoles to hide its window. The distinction is now handled in
ui/console and the display backends and virtio-gpu does no longer
have to do that.
Signed-off-by: Akihiko Odaki <akihiko.odaki@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210225101316.83940-3-akihiko.odaki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
The surfaces created with former qemu_create_message_surface
did not display the content from the guest and always contained
simple messages describing the reason.
A display backend may want to hide the window showing such a
surface. This change renames the function to
qemu_create_placeholder_surface, and adds "placeholder" flag; the
display can check the flag to decide to do anything special like
hiding the window.
Signed-off-by: Akihiko Odaki <akihiko.odaki@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210225101316.83940-1-akihiko.odaki@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Fixes all over the place. Specifically this fixes
a bug which made windows guests lose device config
(such as the configured fixed IP) after upgrading
to the new QEMU.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFDBAABCAAtFiEEXQn9CHHI+FuUyooNKB8NuNKNVGkFAmA+SYcPHG1zdEByZWRo
YXQuY29tAAoJECgfDbjSjVRpUAAIALa9WkjdxjZhb4FzP1OLBSTEISLEfrPE4Zk/
s5yY1wEDvH83D6fxTHv1B8tISwJ3RJn8ZhsP0c0Mb6stT7D33m7YfMFtNXBEfENX
gMgwdC2QxGMZXKGR+dIpxtYghjvuzAVN+e9w27C+s855JJ8y+chghtLuDJIbqpAk
QopftjiZix2bPYmrxlVw/A7inXL2jseJyYsgGAzIACmsGC70jK4Rk1vxrAF+2n15
D4qKOG3QLJXrfIVa8iDz/ojlVUmLWl8jnoE+oY+rjtckQHJKqodlJi5yeJxGEa3/
G7db+AIzEBge78dq7LBSJOTjoUFoQ+6Hv1QtKk2GcMKdEnsj0ng=
=NGys
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge remote-tracking branch 'remotes/mst/tags/for_upstream' into staging
pc,virtio,pci: bug fixes
Fixes all over the place. Specifically this fixes
a bug which made windows guests lose device config
(such as the configured fixed IP) after upgrading
to the new QEMU.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
# gpg: Signature made Tue 02 Mar 2021 14:19:51 GMT
# gpg: using RSA key 5D09FD0871C8F85B94CA8A0D281F0DB8D28D5469
# gpg: issuer "mst@redhat.com"
# gpg: Good signature from "Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@kernel.org>" [full]
# gpg: aka "Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>" [full]
# Primary key fingerprint: 0270 606B 6F3C DF3D 0B17 0970 C350 3912 AFBE 8E67
# Subkey fingerprint: 5D09 FD08 71C8 F85B 94CA 8A0D 281F 0DB8 D28D 5469
* remotes/mst/tags/for_upstream:
vhost: simplify vhost_dev_init() fail_busyloop label
hw/pci: Have safer pcie_bus_realize() by checking error path
virtio-net: handle zero mac for a vdpa peer
i386/acpi: restore device paths for pre-5.1 vms
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
* target/i386: Add bus lock debug exception support (Chenyi)
* update documentation for preferred boolean option syntax (Daniel)
* make SCSI io_timeout configurable (Hannes)
* fix handling of guest recoverable SCSI errors (myself)
* misc fixes (Pavel, Zheng Zhan Liang, Zihao)
* fix installation of binaries with entitlements (Akihiko)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFIBAABCAAyFiEE8TM4V0tmI4mGbHaCv/vSX3jHroMFAmA3tzQUHHBib256aW5p
QHJlZGhhdC5jb20ACgkQv/vSX3jHroMsngf+OkbgTDouxq3qnn1K89n6j2wKlAj0
qPP+57o1sv5u5MjX0BkawXCMJfvTKJaOt/Cs8S0FaPTehfR5H0T2tL76KZBEdlEP
/+V3EC0Qmd1S47LKIOuDkV15szvnccyjpgwaL7Osjb0Eh0SxeXd4pBTc3yYtkacu
zb/srZ63U2iJZr93QwGmEJjuW57WNym6QWXF3Mrg9PFXybkXFTGumB2vZMlQc+MN
RWPTUKZKAiIr/HfdvpIETXY+HzJhylvIQ8OVWtM3XDorl48OWcOat/jyeNEVYgG3
o+gxIRnfvIL+42GkmUFbOKLzT5SV6p9EYYGLTuE1kU7nc6HWoD0CdPxA3A==
=UBVO
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge remote-tracking branch 'remotes/bonzini-gitlab/tags/for-upstream' into staging
* fix --enable-fuzzing linker failures (Alexander)
* target/i386: Add bus lock debug exception support (Chenyi)
* update documentation for preferred boolean option syntax (Daniel)
* make SCSI io_timeout configurable (Hannes)
* fix handling of guest recoverable SCSI errors (myself)
* misc fixes (Pavel, Zheng Zhan Liang, Zihao)
* fix installation of binaries with entitlements (Akihiko)
# gpg: Signature made Thu 25 Feb 2021 14:41:56 GMT
# gpg: using RSA key F13338574B662389866C7682BFFBD25F78C7AE83
# gpg: issuer "pbonzini@redhat.com"
# gpg: Good signature from "Paolo Bonzini <bonzini@gnu.org>" [full]
# gpg: aka "Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>" [full]
# Primary key fingerprint: 46F5 9FBD 57D6 12E7 BFD4 E2F7 7E15 100C CD36 69B1
# Subkey fingerprint: F133 3857 4B66 2389 866C 7682 BFFB D25F 78C7 AE83
* remotes/bonzini-gitlab/tags/for-upstream: (29 commits)
tcg/i386: rdpmc: fix the the condtions
chardev: do not use short form boolean options in non-QemuOpts character device descriptions
vl: deprecate -writeconfig
target/i386: Add bus lock debug exception support
qom/object.c: Fix typo
target/i386: update to show preferred boolean syntax for -cpu
docs: update to show preferred boolean syntax for -cpu
docs: update to show preferred boolean syntax for -vnc
docs: update to show preferred boolean syntax for -chardev
qemu-options: update to show preferred boolean syntax for -vnc
qemu-options: update to show preferred boolean syntax for -incoming
qemu-options: update to show preferred boolean syntax for -netdev
qemu-options: update to show preferred boolean syntax for -spice
qemu-options: update to show preferred boolean syntax for -chardev
gdbstub: use preferred boolean option syntax
char: don't fail when client is not connected
scsi: drop 'result' argument from command_complete callback
scsi-disk: pass guest recoverable errors through even for rerror=stop
scsi-disk: pass SCSI status to scsi_handle_rw_error
scsi: introduce scsi_sense_from_errno()
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Requiring a conditional for every goto is tedious:
if (busyloop_timeout) {
goto fail_busyloop;
} else {
goto fail;
}
Move the conditional to into the fail_busyloop label so that it's safe
to jump to this label unconditionally.
This change makes the migrate_add_blocker() error case more consistent.
It jumped to fail_busyloop unconditionally whereas the memslots limits
error case was conditional.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210222114931.272308-1-stefanha@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Garzarella <sgarzare@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
While pci_bus_realize() currently does not use the Error* argument,
it would be an error to leave pcie_bus_realize() setting bus->flags
if pci_bus_realize() had failed.
Fix by using a local Error* and return early (propagating the error)
if pci_bus_realize() failed.
Reported-by: Markus Armbruster <armbru@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210201153700.618946-1-philmd@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Some mlx vdpa devices with kernels at least up to 5.11 currently present
0 as their MAC address. This is because they have not been
pre-configured with a MAC: they have a learning bridge and only learn
the MAC once guest is up. Kernel patches and tools to allow programming
the MAC from host are being developed. For now - since these
combinations exist in the field - let's detect zero mac and just try to
proceed with the mac from the qemu command line.
This makes the guest use this MAC to send packets in turn teaching
the MAC to the card, and things work.
TODO:
report the actual MAC from QEMU commad line in the info message.
TODO:
detect that a (non-zero) hardware MAC does not match QEMU command line
and fail init.
Signed-off-by: Cindy Lu <lulu@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210225165506.18321-2-lulu@redhat.com>
mst: rewritten code comments, message printed and the commit log.
Cc: Eli Cohen <elic@nvidia.com>
Cc: Parav Pandit <parav@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Adrian Moreno <amorenoz@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Sean Mooney <smooney@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
After fixing the _UID value for the primary PCI root bridge in
af1b80ae it was discovered that this change updates Windows
configuration in an incompatible way causing network configuration
failure unless DHCP is used. More details provided on the list:
https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/qemu-devel/2021-02/msg08484.html
This change reverts the _UID update from 1 to 0 for q35 and i440fx
VMs before version 5.2 to maintain the original behaviour when
upgrading.
Cc: qemu-stable@nongnu.org
Cc: qemu-devel@nongnu.org
Reported-by: Thomas Lamprecht <t.lamprecht@proxmox.com>
Suggested-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Cheptsov <cheptsov@ispras.ru>
Message-Id: <20210301195919.9333-1-cheptsov@ispras.ru>
Tested-by: Thomas Lamprecht <t.lamprecht@proxmox.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Mammedov <imammedo@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Fixes: af1b80ae56 ("i386/acpi: fix inconsistent QEMU/OVMF device paths")
The command complete callback has a SCSIRequest as the first argument,
and the status field of that structure is identical to the 'status'
argument. So drop the argument from the callback.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Message-Id: <20201116184041.60465-3-hare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Right now, recoverable sense values are only passed directly to the
guest only for rerror=report. However, when rerror/werror are 'stop'
we still don't want the host to be involved on every UNIT ATTENTION
(especially considered that the QMP event will not have enough information
to act on the report).
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Instead of fishing it from *r->status, just pass the SCSI status
as a positive value of the second parameter and an errno as a
negative value.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The new function is an extension of the switch statement in scsi-disk.c
which also includes the errno cases only found in sg_io_sense_from_errno.
This allows us to consolidate the errno handling.
Extracted from a patch by Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
When requested to ignore errors, just do nothing and let the
request complete normally. This means that the request will
be accounted correctly.
This is what commit 40dce4ee61 ("scsi-disk: fix rerror/werror=ignore",
2018-10-19) was supposed to do:
Fixes: 40dce4ee61 ("scsi-disk: fix rerror/werror=ignore", 2018-10-19)
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
If virtio_scsi_dataplane_start fails, there is a small window when it drops the
aio lock (in aio_wait_bh_oneshot) and the dataplane's AIO handler can
still run during that window.
This is done after the dataplane was marked as fenced, thus we use this flag
to avoid it doing any IO.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Levitsky <mlevitsk@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20201217150040.906961-2-mlevitsk@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
'enospc' is the default for -drive, but qemu allows user to set
drive option werror. If werror of scsi-generic is set to 'report'
by user, qemu will not allow vm to start.
This patch allow user to set werror as 'report' for scsi-generic.
Signed-off-by: Zihao Chang <changzihao1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Fam Zheng <fam@euphon.net>
Message-Id: <20201103061240.1364-1-changzihao1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Add tracepoints for SG_IO commands to allow for debugging
of SG_IO commands.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Message-Id: <20201116183114.55703-4-hare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
The current code sets an infinite timeout on SG_IO requests,
causing the guest to stall if the host experiences a frame
loss.
This patch adds an 'io_timeout' parameter for SCSIDevice to
make the SG_IO timeout configurable, and also shortens the
default timeout to 30 seconds to avoid infinite stalls.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Message-Id: <20201116183114.55703-3-hare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Declare PNP0C01 device to reserve MMCONFIG region to conform to the
spec better and play nice with guest BIOSes/OSes.
According to PCI Firmware Specification[0], MMCONFIG region must be
reserved by declaring a motherboard resource. It's optional to reserve
the region in memory map by Int 15 E820h or EFIGetMemoryMap.
Guest Linux checks if the MMCFG region is reserved by bios memory map
or ACPI resource. If it's not reserved, Linux falls back to legacy PCI
configuration access.
TDVF [1] [2] doesn't reserve MMCONFIG the region in memory map.
On the other hand OVMF reserves it in memory map without declaring a
motherboard resource. With memory map reservation, linux guest uses
MMCONFIG region. However it doesn't comply to PCI Firmware
specification.
[0] PCI Firmware specification Revision 3.2
4.1.2 MCFG Table Description table 4-2 NOTE 2
If the operating system does not natively comprehend reserving the
MMCFG region, The MMCFG region must e reserved by firmware. ...
For most systems, the mortheroard resource would appear at the root
of the ACPI namespace (under \_SB)...
The resource can optionally be returned in Int15 E820h or
EFIGetMemoryMap as reserved memory but must always be reported
through ACPI as a motherboard resource
[1] TDX: Intel Trust Domain Extension
https://software.intel.com/content/www/us/en/develop/articles/intel-trust-domain-extensions.html
[2] TDX Virtual Firmware
https://github.com/tianocore/edk2-staging/tree/TDVF
The change to DSDT is as follows.
@@ -68,32 +68,47 @@
If ((CDW3 != Local0))
{
CDW1 |= 0x10
}
CDW3 = Local0
}
Else
{
CDW1 |= 0x04
}
Return (Arg3)
}
}
+
+ Device (DRAC)
+ {
+ Name (_HID, "PNP0C01" /* System Board */) // _HID: Hardware ID
+ Name (_CRS, ResourceTemplate () // _CRS: Current Resource Settings
+ {
+ DWordMemory (ResourceProducer, PosDecode, MinFixed, MaxFixed, NonCacheable, ReadWrite,
+ 0x00000000, // Granularity
+ 0xB0000000, // Range Minimum
+ 0xBFFFFFFF, // Range Maximum
+ 0x00000000, // Translation Offset
+ 0x10000000, // Length
+ ,, , AddressRangeMemory, TypeStatic)
+ })
+ }
}
Scope (_SB)
{
Device (HPET)
{
Name (_HID, EisaId ("PNP0103") /* HPET System Timer */) // _HID: Hardware ID
Name (_UID, Zero) // _UID: Unique ID
OperationRegion (HPTM, SystemMemory, 0xFED00000, 0x0400)
Field (HPTM, DWordAcc, Lock, Preserve)
{
VEND, 32,
PRD, 32
}
Method (_STA, 0, NotSerialized) // _STA: Status
Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <isaku.yamahata@intel.com>
Message-Id: <6f686b45ce7bc43048c56dbb46e72e1fe51927e6.1613615732.git.isaku.yamahata@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Mammedov <imammedo@redhat.com>
If SMM is not supported, ACPI fixed hardware doesn't support
legacy-mode. ACPI-only platform. Where SCI_EN in PM1_CNT register is
always set.
The bit tells OS legacy mode(SCI_EN cleared) or ACPI mode(SCI_EN set).
With the next patch (setting fadt.smi_cmd = 0 when smm isn't enabled),
guest Linux tries to switch to ACPI mode, finds smi_cmd = 0, and then
fails to initialize acpi subsystem. This patch proactively fixes it.
This patch changes guest ABI. To keep compatibility, use
"smm-compat" introduced by earlier patch. If the property is true,
disable new behavior.
ACPI spec 4.8.10.1 PM1 Event Grouping
PM1 Eanble Registers
> For ACPI-only platforms (where SCI_EN is always set)
Reviewed-by: Igor Mammedov <imammedo@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <isaku.yamahata@intel.com>
Message-Id: <500f62081626997e46f96377393d3662211763a8.1613615732.git.isaku.yamahata@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
The following patch will introduce incompatible behavior of SMM.
Introduce a property to keep the old behavior for compatibility.
To enable smm compat, use "-global ICH9-LPC.smm-compat=on" or
"-global PIIX4_PM.smm-compat=on"
Suggested-by: Igor Mammedov <imammedo@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <isaku.yamahata@intel.com>
Message-Id: <47254ae0b8c6cc6945422978b6b2af2d213ef891.1613615732.git.isaku.yamahata@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Mammedov <imammedo@redhat.com>
When check DMA support for device attached to pxb,
the cache coherency attribute need to be set.
This add _CCA attribute for pxb DSDT.
Fixes: 6f9765fbad ("acpi/gpex: Build tables for pxb")
Signed-off-by: Jiahui Cen <cenjiahui@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Xingang Wang <wangxingang5@huawei.com>
Message-Id: <1612490205-48788-3-git-send-email-wangxingang5@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Mammedov <imammedo@redhat.com>
When the pcie slot is initialized, by default PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_DLLLA
(Data Link Layer Link Active) is set in PCI_EXP_LNKSTA
(Link Status) without checking if the slot is empty or not.
This is confusing for the kernel because as it sees the link is up
it tries to read the vendor ID and fails:
(From https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=211691)
[ 1.661105] pcieport 0000:00:02.2: pciehp: Slot Capabilities : 0x0002007b
[ 1.661115] pcieport 0000:00:02.2: pciehp: Slot Status : 0x0010
[ 1.661123] pcieport 0000:00:02.2: pciehp: Slot Control : 0x07c0
[ 1.661138] pcieport 0000:00:02.2: pciehp: Slot #0 AttnBtn+ PwrCtrl+ MRL- AttnInd+ PwrInd+ HotPlug+ Surprise+ Interlock+ NoCompl- IbPresDis- LLActRep+
[ 1.662581] pcieport 0000:00:02.2: pciehp: pciehp_get_power_status: SLOTCTRL 6c value read 7c0
[ 1.662597] pcieport 0000:00:02.2: pciehp: pciehp_check_link_active: lnk_status = 2204
[ 1.662703] pcieport 0000:00:02.2: pciehp: pending interrupts 0x0010 from Slot Status
[ 1.662706] pcieport 0000:00:02.2: pciehp: pcie_enable_notification: SLOTCTRL 6c write cmd 1031
[ 1.662730] pcieport 0000:00:02.2: pciehp: pciehp_check_link_active: lnk_status = 2204
[ 1.662748] pcieport 0000:00:02.2: pciehp: pciehp_check_link_active: lnk_status = 2204
[ 1.662750] pcieport 0000:00:02.2: pciehp: Slot(0-2): Link Up
[ 2.896132] pcieport 0000:00:02.2: pciehp: pciehp_check_link_status: lnk_status = 2204
[ 2.896135] pcieport 0000:00:02.2: pciehp: Slot(0-2): No device found
[ 2.896900] pcieport 0000:00:02.2: pciehp: pending interrupts 0x0010 from Slot Status
[ 2.896903] pcieport 0000:00:02.2: pciehp: pciehp_power_off_slot: SLOTCTRL 6c write cmd 400
[ 3.656901] pcieport 0000:00:02.2: pciehp: pending interrupts 0x0009 from Slot Status
This is really a problem with virtio-net failover that hotplugs a VFIO
card during the boot process. The kernel can shutdown the slot while
QEMU is hotplugging it, and this likely ends by an automatic unplug of
the card. At the end of the boot sequence the card has disappeared.
To fix that, don't set the "Link Active" state in the init function, but
rely on the plug function to do it, as the mechanism has already been
introduced by 2f2b18f60b.
Fixes: 2f2b18f60b ("pcie: set link state inactive/active after hot unplug/plug")
Cc: zhengxiang9@huawei.com
Fixes: 3d67447fe7 ("pcie: Fill PCIESlot link fields to support higher speeds and widths")
Cc: alex.williamson@redhat.com
Fixes: b2101eae63 ("pcie: Set the "link active" in the link status register")
Cc: benh@kernel.crashing.org
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210212135250.2738750-5-lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
In failover_add_primary(), we search the id of the failover device by
scanning the list of the devices in the opts list to find a device with
a failover_pair_id equals to the id of the virtio-net device.
If the failover_pair_id is not found, QEMU ignores the primary
device silently (which also means it will not be hidden and
it will be enabled directly at boot).
After that, we search the id in the opts list to do a qdev_device_add()
with it. The device will be always found as otherwise we had exited
before, and thus the warning is never displayed.
Fix that by moving the error report to the first exit condition.
Also add a g_assert() to be sure the compiler will not complain
about a possibly NULL pointer.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210212135250.2738750-4-lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
failover_add_primary() calls qdev_device_add() and doesn't unref
the device. Because of that, when the device is unplugged a reference
is remaining and prevents the cleanup of the object.
This prevents to be able to plugin back the failover primary device,
with errors like:
(qemu) device_add vfio-pci,host=0000:41:00.0,id=hostdev0,bus=root.3,failover_pair_id=net0
(qemu) device_del hostdev0
We can check with "info qtree" and "info pci" that the device has been removed, and then:
(qemu) device_add vfio-pci,host=0000:41:00.0,id=hostdev1,bus=root.3,failover_pair_id=net0
Error: vfio 0000:41:00.0: device is already attached
(qemu) device_add vfio-pci,host=0000:41:00.0,id=hostdev0,bus=root.3,failover_pair_id=net0
qemu-kvm: Duplicate ID 'hostdev0' for device
Fixes: 21e8709b29 ("failover: Remove primary_dev member")
Cc: quintela@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210212135250.2738750-3-lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jens Freimann <jfreimann@redhat.com>
Commit a1190ab628 has added a "allow_unplug_during_migration = true" at
the end of the main "if" block, so it is not needed to set it anymore
in the previous checking.
Remove it, to have only sub-ifs that check for needed conditions and exit
if one fails.
Fixes: 4f5b6a05a4 ("pci: add option for net failover")
Fixes: a1190ab628 ("migration: allow unplug during migration for failover devices")
Cc: jfreimann@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210212135250.2738750-2-lvivier@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jens Freimann <jfreimann@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
- Drop redundant struct MemmapEntry (Bin)
- Fix for Coverity CID 1438965 and 1438967 (Jiaxun)
- Add MIPS bootloader API (Jiaxun)
- Use MIPS bootloader API on fuloong2e and boston machines (Jiaxun)
- Add PMON test for Loongson-3A1000 CPU (Jiaxun)
- Convert to translator API (Philippe)
- MMU cleanups (Philippe)
- Promote 128-bit multimedia registers as global ones (Philippe)
- Various cleanups/fixes on the VT82C686B southbridge (Zoltan)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQIzBAABCAAdFiEE+qvnXhKRciHc/Wuy4+MsLN6twN4FAmAyqe0ACgkQ4+MsLN6t
wN5Vbw/7BbLUjqZzs4pDVUv4XXeSoVIP9fEmEUoxbVgb58cD6ZE6PeEN7fT+I++E
fTu6Fw2WTHrGOWGkHRSOAGIAz4DqSsLJ2Qub4SRThdWgl9NgAgPDV32L7hCSJNfJ
ejK9PL/B4dYS1RoRPULdrsiuKYsXcl/QBo99nQoa+0fquPQBnA3LlPJX7my9s2SB
QoTK29V4KjLnTf4ebFP9mOHm4Z96lzl7jITjRUg4g5fh/IH+qlWlDUtMV5n2EL2b
Jp798z1ydsEGHmM1O5xbjQixwZZYSgt+mjRn4fHH/mSLyfanJW/0pK1o6Ktl2zDC
Ks1N0RNMsCZrvPXkUz6h7i6rXJsxzh0e96CmzOqBbKMzKuozig8ZMhmQTEGEvzf5
cMxAKYJu95ndmRISV8p3fdsT/t0j08WZ5m3Syz/VqV57mVP3fj2yqiDXl1vwoPjM
O2zYgK1VOgVsr0GPcJ5bHxDvuzbPvCd7YE0RhK2eFKkYLjQz7SEtC8RzmkKXoYze
8nj7eBgG37vaPUGOyjZROOftrTXvqx6swB9kmQ38FrIfM/tZQYa54w4kFXF7nI06
HIdiPIXPv+xqfwYUcsMuE/Mq/cXMTlgUF6445FHJ2yhaySrsch7BDR6BOgOmiNkM
iXT0PdlS5P1J4y5HBzwQhrGslZGdXz+UsmF+zq4vgfbMul4VsoQ=
=g7Kx
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge remote-tracking branch 'remotes/philmd-gitlab/tags/mips-20210221' into staging
MIPS patches queue
- Drop redundant struct MemmapEntry (Bin)
- Fix for Coverity CID 1438965 and 1438967 (Jiaxun)
- Add MIPS bootloader API (Jiaxun)
- Use MIPS bootloader API on fuloong2e and boston machines (Jiaxun)
- Add PMON test for Loongson-3A1000 CPU (Jiaxun)
- Convert to translator API (Philippe)
- MMU cleanups (Philippe)
- Promote 128-bit multimedia registers as global ones (Philippe)
- Various cleanups/fixes on the VT82C686B southbridge (Zoltan)
# gpg: Signature made Sun 21 Feb 2021 18:43:57 GMT
# gpg: using RSA key FAABE75E12917221DCFD6BB2E3E32C2CDEADC0DE
# gpg: Good signature from "Philippe Mathieu-Daudé (F4BUG) <f4bug@amsat.org>" [full]
# Primary key fingerprint: FAAB E75E 1291 7221 DCFD 6BB2 E3E3 2C2C DEAD C0DE
* remotes/philmd-gitlab/tags/mips-20210221: (43 commits)
vt82c686: Fix superio_cfg_{read,write}() functions
vt82c686: Log superio_cfg unimplemented accesses
vt82c686: Simplify by returning earlier
vt82c686: Reduce indentation by returning early
vt82c686: Remove index field of SuperIOConfig
vt82c686: Move creation of ISA devices to the ISA bridge
vt82c686: Simplify vt82c686b_realize()
vt82c686: Make vt82c686b-pm an abstract base class and add vt8231-pm based on it
vt82c686: Set user_creatable=false for VT82C686B_PM
vt82c686: Fix up power management io base and config
vt82c686: Correctly reset all registers to default values on reset
vt82c686: Correct vt82c686-pm I/O size
vt82c686: Make vt82c686-pm an I/O tracing region
vt82c686: Fix SMBus IO base and configuration registers
vt82c686: Reorganise code
vt82c686: Move superio memory region to SuperIOConfig struct
target/mips: Use GPR move functions in gen_HILO1_tx79()
target/mips: Introduce gen_load_gpr_hi() / gen_store_gpr_hi() helpers
target/mips: Rename 128-bit upper halve GPR registers
target/mips: Promote 128-bit multimedia registers as global ones
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
These functions are memory region callbacks so we have to check
against relative address not the mapped address.
Signed-off-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Message-Id: <15b2968fd300a12d06b42368d084f6f80d3c3be5.1610223397.git.balaton@eik.bme.hu>
[PMD: Split original patch in 5, this is part 5/5]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Message-Id: <15b2968fd300a12d06b42368d084f6f80d3c3be5.1610223397.git.balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
[PMD: Split original patch in 5, this is part 4/5]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
By returning earlier we can remove the 'can_write' boolean variable.
Signed-off-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Message-Id: <15b2968fd300a12d06b42368d084f6f80d3c3be5.1610223397.git.balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
[PMD: Split original patch in 5, this is part 3/5]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Signed-off-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Message-Id: <15b2968fd300a12d06b42368d084f6f80d3c3be5.1610223397.git.balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
[PMD: Split patch original in 5, this is part 2/5]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Remove the separate index value from SuperIOConfig and store
the index at reg 0 which is reserved and returns 0 on read.
This simplifies the object state.
Signed-off-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Message-Id: <15b2968fd300a12d06b42368d084f6f80d3c3be5.1610223397.git.balaton@eik.bme.hu>
[PMD: Split original patch in 5, this is part 1/5]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Currently the ISA devices that are part of the VIA south bridge,
superio chip are wired up by board code. Move creation of these ISA
devices to the VIA ISA bridge model so that board code does not need
to access ISA bus. This also allows vt82c686b-superio to be made
internal to vt82c686 which allows implementing its configuration via
registers in subseqent commits.
Signed-off-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <bf9400cc8e4ddd3129aa5678de4d3cf38384805f.1610223397.git.balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Remove unneeded variables and setting value to 0 on zero initialised
data and replace check for error with error_fatal. Rationalise loop
that sets PCI config header fields read only.
Signed-off-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <e4caf35ca10a68f5c74ae3f93fa0bcfa9457beea.1610223397.git.balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
The vt82c686b-pm model can be shared between VT82C686B and VT8231. The
only difference between the two is the device id in what we emulate so
make an abstract via-pm model by renaming appropriately and add types
for vt82c686b-pm and vt8231-pm based on it.
Signed-off-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <34969fc7be984fa070479bfb9f748993a0aef31b.1610223397.git.balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
This device is part of the multifunction VIA superio/south bridge chip
so not useful in itself.
Signed-off-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Message-Id: <d0a806fed5e8055aee4fcf5b2f4790e6dd0f9dc6.1610223397.git.balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Similar to the SMBus io registers there is a power management io range
that is set via similar base address reg and enable bit. Some handling
of this was already there but with several problems: using the wrong
registers and bits, wrong size range, not acually updating mapping and
handling reset correctly, nor emulating any of the actual io
registers. Some of these errors are fixed up here.
After this patch we use the correct base address register, enable bit
and region size and allow guests to map/unmap this region, but we
still don't emulate any of the registers in this range.
PMD notes regarding the Configuration Space Power Management Registers:
- 0x40 General Configuration 0
- 0x41 General Configuration 1
. Bit 7: I/O Enable for ACPI I/O Base
- 0x48 Power Mgmt I/O Base
. Bit 0: Always set
. Bits 7-15: Power Management I/O Register Base Address
(this explains the change 0xffc0 -> 0xff80)
Signed-off-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Message-Id: <cff9b2442d3e2e1cfbdcbc2dfbb559031b4b1cc1.1610223397.git.balaton@eik.bme.hu>
[PMD: Split original patch, this is part 4/4, added notes]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reset the registers in the DeviceReset() handler which is called
on each device reset, not in DeviceRealize() which is called once.
Bit 0 of 'Power Mgmt I/O Base' register (offset 0x48) is always set.
Signed-off-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Message-Id: <cff9b2442d3e2e1cfbdcbc2dfbb559031b4b1cc1.1610223397.git.balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
[PMD: Split original patch, this is part 3/4 (move to reset), document]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Section "Offset 4B-48 – Power Management I/O Base" describes:
Port Address for the base of the 128-byte Power
Management I/O Register block.
Correct the vt82c686-pm I/O region size.
Signed-off-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Message-Id: <cff9b2442d3e2e1cfbdcbc2dfbb559031b4b1cc1.1610223397.git.balaton@eik.bme.hu>
[PMD: Split original patch, this is part 2/4, reduced size to 128B]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Previously just an empty RAM region was mapped on realize, now we add
an empty io range logging access instead. I think the pm timer should
be hooked up here but not sure guests need it. PMON on fuloong2e sets
a base address but does not seem to enable region; the pegasos2
firmware pokes some regs but continues anyway so don't know if
anything would make use of these facilities. Therefore this is just a
clean up of previous state for now and not intending to fully
implement missing functionality which could be done later if some
guests need it.
Signed-off-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <cff9b2442d3e2e1cfbdcbc2dfbb559031b4b1cc1.1610223397.git.balaton@eik.bme.hu>
[PMD: Split original patch, this is part 1/4
(make 'vt82c686-pm' an I/O tracing region)]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
The base address of the SMBus io ports and its enabled status is set
by registers in the PCI config space but this was not correctly
emulated. Instead the SMBus registers were mapped on realize to the
base address set by a property to the address expected by fuloong2e
firmware.
Fix the base and config register handling to more closely model
hardware which allows to remove the property and allows the guest to
control this mapping. Do all this in reset instead of realize so it's
correctly updated on reset.
Signed-off-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Reviewed-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Message-Id: <f2ca2ad5f08ba8cee07afd9d67b4e75cda21db09.1610223397.git.balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Move lines around so that object definitions become consecutive and
not scattered around. This brings functions belonging to an object
together so it's clearer what is defined and what parts belong to
which object.
Signed-off-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <9f942989dba46fc1c23b881f6cb135948f818c2f.1610223397.git.balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
The superio memory region holds the io space index/data registers used
to access the superio config registers that are implemented in struct
SuperIOConfig. To keep these related things together move the memory
region to SuperIOConfig and rename it accordingly.
Also remove the unused "data" member of SuperIOConfig which is not
needed as we store actual data values in the regs array.
Signed-off-by: BALATON Zoltan <balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Message-Id: <dc3c4e7632716ca73c10506bd02ee93b39c28705.1610223397.git.balaton@eik.bme.hu>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Per core ISR is a set of 32-bit registers spaced by 8 bytes.
This patch fixed calculation of it's size and also added check
of alignment at reading & writing.
Fixes: Coverity CID 1438965 and CID 1438967
Signed-off-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Reviewed-by: Huacai Chen <chenhuacai@kernel.org>
Message-Id: <20210112012527.28927-1-jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
[PMD: Added Coverity CID]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Translate embedded assembly into IO writes which is more
readable.
Also hardcode cm_base at boot time instead of reading from CP0.
Signed-off-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210127065424.114125-5-jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
[PMD: Kept code comments]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Replace embedded binary with generated code.
Signed-off-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20201215064507.30148-2-jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
[PMD: Split original patch as one for each machine (here boston)]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Replace embedded binary with generated code.
Signed-off-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20201215064507.30148-2-jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
[PMD: Split original patch as one for each machine (here fuloong2e)]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Add a bootloader helper to generate simple bootloaders for kernel.
It can help us reduce inline hex hack and also keep MIPS release 6
compatibility easier.
Signed-off-by: Jiaxun Yang <jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210127065424.114125-2-jiaxun.yang@flygoat.com>
[PMD: Restricted bl_reg enum to C source,
inverted bl_gen_write() args,
added license in hw/mips/bootloader.h]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
There is already a MemMapEntry type defined in hwaddr.h. Let's drop
the loongson3 defined `struct MemmapEntry` and use the existing one.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210122122404.11970-1-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=ipHI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge remote-tracking branch 'remotes/vivier2/tags/trivial-branch-for-6.0-pull-request' into staging
Pull request trivial patches 20210220
# gpg: Signature made Sat 20 Feb 2021 12:34:21 GMT
# gpg: using RSA key CD2F75DDC8E3A4DC2E4F5173F30C38BD3F2FBE3C
# gpg: issuer "laurent@vivier.eu"
# gpg: Good signature from "Laurent Vivier <lvivier@redhat.com>" [full]
# gpg: aka "Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>" [full]
# gpg: aka "Laurent Vivier (Red Hat) <lvivier@redhat.com>" [full]
# Primary key fingerprint: CD2F 75DD C8E3 A4DC 2E4F 5173 F30C 38BD 3F2F BE3C
* remotes/vivier2/tags/trivial-branch-for-6.0-pull-request:
MAINTAINERS: Fix default-configs/ entries
target/avr/cpu: Use device_class_set_parent_realize()
hw/scsi/megasas: Remove pointless parenthesis
u2f-passthru: put it into the 'misc' category
tpm: put some tpm devices into the correct category
nvdimm: put it into the 'storage' category
vmmouse: put it into the 'input' category
virtio-pmem: put it into the 'storage' category
MAINTAINERS: add my github tree URL
Fix SPDX-License-Identifier typos
hw/block/fdc: Remove the check_media_rate property
hw/i386/xen: Remove dead code
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
The category of the u2f-passthru device is not set, put it into the 'misc'
category.
Signed-off-by: Gan Qixin <ganqixin@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20201130083630.2520597-10-ganqixin@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Some tpm devices have no category, put them into the correct category.
Signed-off-by: Gan Qixin <ganqixin@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Berger <stefanb@linux.ibm.com>
Message-Id: <20201130083630.2520597-8-ganqixin@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
The category of the nvdimm device is not set, put it into the 'storage'
category.
Signed-off-by: Gan Qixin <ganqixin@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Pankaj Gupta <pankaj.gupta@cloud.ionos.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20201130083630.2520597-5-ganqixin@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
The category of the vmmouse device is not set, put it into the 'input'
category.
Signed-off-by: Gan Qixin <ganqixin@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20201130083630.2520597-4-ganqixin@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
The category of the virtio-pmem device is not set, put it into the 'storage'
category.
Signed-off-by: Gan Qixin <ganqixin@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Pankaj Gupta <pankaj.gupta@cloud.ionos.com>
Message-Id: <20201130083630.2520597-3-ganqixin@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Several SPDX headers contain "SPDX-License-Identifer" (note the
missing "i" before "er"); fix these typos.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Finnie <ryan@finnie.org>
Cc: qemu-trivial@nongnu.org
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210201200147.211914-1-ryan@finnie.org>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
This was only required for the pc-1.0 and earlier machine types.
Now that these have been removed, we can also drop the corresponding
code from the FDC device.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Acked-by: John Snow <jsnow@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210203171832.483176-3-thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
'drivers_blacklisted' is never accessed, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul@xen.org>
Message-Id: <20210202155644.998812-1-philmd@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
s->prnsts is updated in both branches of the if () else () statement.
Move the common bits outside so that it is cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Bulekov <alxndr@bu.edu>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Bulekov <alxndr@bu.edu>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <1613447214-81951-5-git-send-email-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Unlike SD mode, when SD card is working in SPI mode, the argument
of CMD13 is stuff bits. Hence we should bypass the RCA check.
See "Physical Layer Specification Version 8.00", chapter 7.3.1.3
Detailed Command Description (SPI mode):
"The card shall ignore stuff bits and reserved bits in an argument"
and Table 7-3 Commands and Arguments (SPI mode):
"CMD13 Argument [31:0] stuff bits"
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210216150225.27996-9-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
High capacity cards don't support write protection hence we should
not perform the write protect groups check in CMD24/25 for them.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210216150225.27996-8-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
High capacity cards don't support write protection hence we should
not perform the write protect groups check in sd_erase() for them.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210216150225.27996-6-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
These APIs and macros may be referenced by functions that are
currently before them. Move them ahead a little bit.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210216150225.27996-5-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Per the "Physical Layer Specification Version 8.00", table 4-26
(SD mode) and table 7-3 (SPI mode) command descriptions, CMD30
response type is R1, not R1b.
Fixes: a1bb27b1e9 ("SD card emulation initial implementation")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210216150225.27996-4-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Per the "Physical Layer Specification Version 8.00", table 4-26
(SD mode) and table 7-3 (SPI mode) command descriptions, the
following commands:
- CMD28 (SET_WRITE_PROT)
- CMD29 (CLR_WRITE_PROT)
- CMD30 (SEND_WRITE_PROT)
are only supported by SDSC cards.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210216150225.27996-3-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
For high capacity memory cards, the erase start address and end
address are multiplied by 512, but the address check is still
based on the original block number in sd->erase_{start, end}.
Fixes: 1bd6fd8ed5 ("hw/sd/sdcard: Do not attempt to erase out of range addresses")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210216150225.27996-2-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Besides CMD12, the following command's reponse type is R1b:
- SET_WRITE_PROT (CMD28)
- CLR_WRITE_PROT (CMD29)
- ERASE (CMD38)
Reuse the same s->stopping to indicate a R1b reponse is needed.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210128063035.15674-10-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
CMD12's response type is R1b, which is basically a R1 plus optional
addition of the busy signal token that can be any number of bytes.
A zero value indicates card is busy and a non-zero value indicates
the card is ready for the next command.
Current implementation sends the busy signal token without sending
the R1 first. This does not break the U-Boot/Linux mmc_spi driver,
but it does not make the VxWorks driver happy.
Move the testing logic of s->stopping in the SSI_SD_RESPONSE state
a bit later, after the first byte of the card reponse is sent out,
to conform with the spec. After the busy signal token is sent, the
state should be transferred to SSI_SD_CMD.
Fixes: 775616c3ae ("Partial SD card SPI mode support")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Message-Id: <20210128063035.15674-9-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
The SEND_IF_COND command (CMD8) response is of format R7, but
current code returns R1 for CMD8. Fix it.
Fixes: 775616c3ae ("Partial SD card SPI mode support")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210128063035.15674-8-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
For a multiple block write operation, each block begins with a multi
write start token. Unlike the SD mode that the multiple block write
ends when receiving a STOP_TRAN command (CMD12), a special stop tran
token is used to signal the card.
Emulating this by manually sending a CMD12 to the SD card core, to
bring it out of the receiving data state.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Acked-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Message-Id: <20210128063035.15674-7-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Add 2 more states for the block write operation. The SPI host needs
to send a data start token to start the transfer, and the data block
written to the card will be acknowledged by a data response token.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
[PMD: Change VMState version id 6 -> 7]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Acked-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Message-Id: <20210128063035.15674-6-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
At present there is a data_ready() callback for the SD data read
path. Let's add a receive_ready() for the SD data write path.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Acked-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Message-Id: <20210128063035.15674-5-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
At present the single/multiple block write in SPI mode is blocked
by sd_normal_command(). Remove the limitation.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Acked-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <20210128063035.15674-4-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
The single block read (CMD17) codes are the same as the multiple
block read (CMD18). Merge them into one. The same applies to single
block write (CMD24) and multiple block write (CMD25).
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Acked-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Message-Id: <20210128063035.15674-3-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
In the case of a multiple block read operation every transferred
block has its suffix of CRC16. Update the state machine logic to
handle multiple block read.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
[PMD: Change VMState version id 5 -> 6]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Acked-by: Alistair Francis <alistair.francis@wdc.com>
Message-Id: <20210128063035.15674-2-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
When viewing/debugging memory regions it is sometimes hard to figure
out which PCI device something belongs to. Make the names unique by
including the vdev name in the name string.
Signed-off-by: Alex Bennée <alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210213130325.14781-2-alex.bennee@linaro.org>
Without that wireshark complains about invalid control setup data
for non-control transfers.
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210216144939.841873-1-kraxel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
In order to keep track of the alternate setting that should be used for
a given interface, the USBDevice struct keeps an array of alternate
setting values, which is indexed by the interface number. In
usb_host_set_interface, when this array is updated, usb_host_ep_update
is called as a result. However, when usb_host_ep_update accesses the
active libusb_config_descriptor, it indexes udev->altsetting with the
loop variable, rather than the interface number.
With the simple trace backend enable, this behavior can be seen:
[...]
usb_xhci_xfer_start 0.440 pid=1215 xfer=0x5596a4b85930 slotid=0x1 epid=0x1 streamid=0x0
usb_packet_state_change 1.703 pid=1215 bus=0x1 port=b'1' ep=0x0 p=0x5596a4b85938 o=b'undef' n=b'setup'
usb_host_req_control 2.269 pid=1215 bus=0x1 addr=0x5 p=0x5596a4b85938 req=0x10b value=0x1 index=0xd
usb_host_set_interface 0.449 pid=1215 bus=0x1 addr=0x5 interface=0xd alt=0x1
usb_host_parse_config 2542.648 pid=1215 bus=0x1 addr=0x5 value=0x2 active=0x1
usb_host_parse_interface 1.804 pid=1215 bus=0x1 addr=0x5 num=0xc alt=0x0 active=0x1
usb_host_parse_endpoint 2.012 pid=1215 bus=0x1 addr=0x5 ep=0x2 dir=b'in' type=b'int' active=0x1
usb_host_parse_interface 1.598 pid=1215 bus=0x1 addr=0x5 num=0xd alt=0x0 active=0x1
usb_host_req_emulated 3.593 pid=1215 bus=0x1 addr=0x5 p=0x5596a4b85938 status=0x0
usb_packet_state_change 2.550 pid=1215 bus=0x1 port=b'1' ep=0x0 p=0x5596a4b85938 o=b'setup' n=b'complete'
usb_xhci_xfer_success 4.298 pid=1215 xfer=0x5596a4b85930 bytes=0x0
[...]
In particular, it is seen that although usb_host_set_interface sets the
alternate setting of interface 0xd to 0x1, usb_host_ep_update uses 0x0
as the alternate setting due to using the incorrect index to
udev->altsetting.
Fix this problem by getting the interface number from the active
libusb_config_descriptor, and then using that as the index to
udev->altsetting.
Signed-off-by: Nick Rosbrook <rosbrookn@ainfosec.com>
Message-Id: <20210201213021.500277-1-rosbrookn@ainfosec.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerd Hoffmann <kraxel@redhat.com>
When SEV-ES is enabled, it is not possible modify the guests register
state after it has been initially created, encrypted and measured.
Normally, an INIT-SIPI-SIPI request is used to boot the AP. However, the
hypervisor cannot emulate this because it cannot update the AP register
state. For the very first boot by an AP, the reset vector CS segment
value and the EIP value must be programmed before the register has been
encrypted and measured. Search the guest firmware for the guest for a
specific GUID that tells Qemu the value of the reset vector to use.
Cc: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcel.apfelbaum@gmail.com>
Cc: Richard Henderson <richard.henderson@linaro.org>
Cc: Eduardo Habkost <ehabkost@redhat.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Message-Id: <22db2bfb4d6551aed661a9ae95b4fdbef613ca21.1611682609.git.thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
OVMF is developing a mechanism for depositing a GUIDed table just
below the known location of the reset vector. The table goes
backwards in memory so all entries are of the form
<data>|len|<GUID>
Where <data> is arbtrary size and type, <len> is a uint16_t and
describes the entire length of the entry from the beginning of the
data to the end of the guid.
The foot of the table is of this form and <len> for this case
describes the entire size of the table. The table foot GUID is
defined by OVMF as 96b582de-1fb2-45f7-baea-a366c55a082d and if the
table is present this GUID is just below the reset vector, 48 bytes
before the end of the firmware file.
Add a parser for the ovmf reset block which takes a copy of the block,
if the table foot guid is found, minus the footer and a function for
later traversal to return the data area of any specified GUIDs.
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <jejb@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Dr. David Alan Gilbert <dgilbert@redhat.com>
Message-Id: <20210204193939.16617-2-jejb@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
This patch implements the FIFO mode of the SMBus module. In FIFO, the
user transmits or receives at most 16 bytes at a time. The FIFO mode
allows the module to transmit large amount of data faster than single
byte mode.
Since we only added the device in a patch that is only a few commits
away in the same patch set. We do not increase the VMstate version
number in this special case.
Reviewed-by: Doug Evans<dje@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tyrong Ting<kfting@nuvoton.com>
Signed-off-by: Hao Wu <wuhaotsh@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Corey Minyard <cminyard@mvista.com>
Message-id: 20210210220426.3577804-6-wuhaotsh@google.com
Acked-by: Corey Minyard <cminyard@mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
This commit implements the single-byte mode of the SMBus.
Each Nuvoton SoC has 16 System Management Bus (SMBus). These buses
compliant with SMBus and I2C protocol.
This patch implements the single-byte mode of the SMBus. In this mode,
the user sends or receives a byte each time. The SMBus device transmits
it to the underlying i2c device and sends an interrupt back to the QEMU
guest.
Reviewed-by: Doug Evans<dje@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tyrong Ting<kfting@nuvoton.com>
Signed-off-by: Hao Wu <wuhaotsh@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Corey Minyard <cminyard@mvista.com>
Message-id: 20210210220426.3577804-2-wuhaotsh@google.com
Acked-by: Corey Minyard <cminyard@mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Linux blkfront expects both "discard-granularity" and
"discard-alignment" present on xenbus in order to properly enable the
feature, not exposing "discard-alignment" left some Linux blkfront
versions with a broken discard setup. This has also been addressed in
Linux with:
https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20210118151528.81668-1-roger.pau@citrix.com/T/#u
Fix QEMU to report a "discard-alignment" of 0, in order for it to work
with older Linux frontends.
Reported-by: Arthur Borsboom <arthurborsboom@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com>
Message-Id: <20210118153330.82324-1-roger.pau@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Durrant <paul@xen.org>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
cmd_fis is mapped as DMA_DIRECTION_FROM_DEVICE, however, it is read
from, and not written to anywhere. Fix the DMA_DIRECTION and mark
cmd_fis as read-only in the code.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bulekov <alxndr@bu.edu>
Message-Id: <20210119164051.89268-1-alxndr@bu.edu>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Wolf <kwolf@redhat.com>
Copy bootinfo.h and bootinfo-mac.h from arch/m68k/include/uapi/asm/
to include/standard-headers/asm-m68k/
Imported from linux v5.9 but didn't change since v4.14 (header update)
and since v4.10 (content update).
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Message-Id: <20201220112615.933036-2-laurent@vivier.eu>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Vivier <laurent@vivier.eu>
Use nr_apu_cpus in favor of hard coding 2.
Signed-off-by: Edgar E. Iglesias <edgar.iglesias@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Reviewed-by: Luc Michel <luc@lmichel.fr>
Message-id: 20210210142048.3125878-2-edgar.iglesias@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
nvme_ns_realize passes errp to nvme_register_namespaces, but then try to
prepend errp with local_err.
Just remove the local_err and use errp directly.
Fixes: 15d024d4aa ("hw/block/nvme: split setup and register for namespace")
Cc: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Current QEMU HEAD nvme.c does not compile with the default GCC 5.4
on a Ubuntu 16.04 host:
hw/block/nvme.c:3242:9: error: ‘result’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
trace_pci_nvme_getfeat_vwcache(result ? "enabled" : "disabled");
^
hw/block/nvme.c:3150:14: note: ‘result’ was declared here
uint32_t result;
^
Explicitly initialize the result to fix it.
Fixes: aa5e55e3b0 ("hw/block/nvme: open code for volatile write cache")
Fixes: Coverity CID 1446371
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Moving namespace registration to the nvme-ns realization function had
the unintended side-effect of breaking legacy namespace registration.
Fix this.
Fixes: 15d024d4aa ("hw/block/nvme: split setup and register for namespace")
Reported-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Cc: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Update infocenter.arm.com URLs for various pieces of Arm
documentation to the new developer.arm.com equivalents. (There is a
redirection in place from the old URLs, but we might as well update
our comments in case the redirect ever disappears in future.)
This patch covers all the URLs which are not MPS2/SSE-200/IoTKit
related (those are dealt with in a different patch).
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Tested-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-id: 20210205171456.19939-1-peter.maydell@linaro.org
NPCM7XX GPIO devices have been implemented in hw/gpio/npcm7xx-gpio.c. So
we removed them from the unimplemented devices list.
Reviewed-by: Doug Evans<dje@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tyrong Ting<kfting@nuvoton.com>
Signed-off-by: Hao Wu<wuhaotsh@google.com>
Message-id: 20210129005845.416272-2-wuhaotsh@google.com
Reviewed-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Perform device reset in the remote process when QEMU performs
device reset. This is required to reset the internal state
(like registers, etc...) of emulated devices
Signed-off-by: Elena Ufimtseva <elena.ufimtseva@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John G Johnson <john.g.johnson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: 7cb220a51f565dc0817bd76e2f540e89c2d2b850.1611938319.git.jag.raman@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Retrieve PCI configuration info about the remote device and
configure the Proxy PCI object based on the returned information
Signed-off-by: Elena Ufimtseva <elena.ufimtseva@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John G Johnson <john.g.johnson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: 85ee367bbb993aa23699b44cfedd83b4ea6d5221.1611938319.git.jag.raman@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
IOHUB object is added to manage PCI IRQs. It uses KVM_IRQFD
ioctl to create irqfd to injecting PCI interrupts to the guest.
IOHUB object forwards the irqfd to the remote process. Remote process
uses this fd to directly send interrupts to the guest, bypassing QEMU.
Signed-off-by: John G Johnson <john.g.johnson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Elena Ufimtseva <elena.ufimtseva@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: 51d5c3d54e28a68b002e3875c59599c9f5a424a1.1611938319.git.jag.raman@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Add ProxyMemoryListener object which is used to keep the view of the RAM
in sync between QEMU and remote process.
A MemoryListener is registered for system-memory AddressSpace. The
listener sends SYNC_SYSMEM message to the remote process when memory
listener commits the changes to memory, the remote process receives
the message and processes it in the handler for SYNC_SYSMEM message.
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John G Johnson <john.g.johnson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Elena Ufimtseva <elena.ufimtseva@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: 04fe4e6a9ca90d4f11ab6f59be7652f5b086a071.1611938319.git.jag.raman@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Proxy device object implements handler for PCI BAR writes and reads.
The handler uses BAR_WRITE/BAR_READ message to communicate to the
remote process with the BAR address and value to be written/read.
The remote process implements handler for BAR_WRITE/BAR_READ
message.
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Elena Ufimtseva <elena.ufimtseva@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John G Johnson <john.g.johnson@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: a8b76714a9688be5552c4c92d089bc9e8a4707ff.1611938319.git.jag.raman@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
The Proxy Object sends the PCI config space accesses as messages
to the remote process over the communication channel
Signed-off-by: Elena Ufimtseva <elena.ufimtseva@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John G Johnson <john.g.johnson@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: d3c94f4618813234655356c60e6f0d0362ff42d6.1611938319.git.jag.raman@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Elena Ufimtseva <elena.ufimtseva@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John G Johnson <john.g.johnson@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: d54edb4176361eed86b903e8f27058363b6c83b3.1611938319.git.jag.raman@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Defines a PCI Device proxy object as a child of TYPE_PCI_DEVICE.
Signed-off-by: Elena Ufimtseva <elena.ufimtseva@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John G Johnson <john.g.johnson@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: b5186ebfedf8e557044d09a768846c59230ad3a7.1611938319.git.jag.raman@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
SyncSysMemMsg message format is defined. It is used to send
file descriptors of the RAM regions to remote device.
RAM on the remote device is configured with a set of file descriptors.
Old RAM regions are deleted and new regions, each with an fd, is
added to the RAM.
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John G Johnson <john.g.johnson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Elena Ufimtseva <elena.ufimtseva@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: 7d2d1831d812e85f681e7a8ab99e032cf4704689.1611938319.git.jag.raman@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Associate the file descriptor for a PCIDevice in remote process with
DeviceState object.
Signed-off-by: Elena Ufimtseva <elena.ufimtseva@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John G Johnson <john.g.johnson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: f405a2ed5d7518b87bea7c59cfdf334d67e5ee51.1611938319.git.jag.raman@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Initializes the message handler function in the remote process. It is
called whenever there's an event pending on QIOChannel that registers
this function.
Signed-off-by: Elena Ufimtseva <elena.ufimtseva@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John G Johnson <john.g.johnson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: 99d38d8b93753a6409ac2340e858858cda59ab1b.1611938319.git.jag.raman@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Defines MPQemuMsg, which is the message that is sent to the remote
process. This message is sent over QIOChannel and is used to
command the remote process to perform various tasks.
Define transmission functions used by proxy and by remote.
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John G Johnson <john.g.johnson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Elena Ufimtseva <elena.ufimtseva@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: 56ca8bcf95195b2b195b08f6b9565b6d7410bce5.1611938319.git.jag.raman@oracle.com
[Replace struct iovec send[2] = {0} with {} to make clang happy as
suggested by Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>.
--Stefan]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
x-remote-machine object sets up various subsystems of the remote
device process. Instantiate PCI host bridge object and initialize RAM, IO &
PCI memory regions.
Signed-off-by: John G Johnson <john.g.johnson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Elena Ufimtseva <elena.ufimtseva@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: c537f38d17f90453ca610c6b70cf3480274e0ba1.1611938319.git.jag.raman@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
PCI host bridge is setup for the remote device process. It is
implemented using remote-pcihost object. It is an extension of the PCI
host bridge setup by QEMU.
Remote-pcihost configures a PCI bus which could be used by the remote
PCI device to latch on to.
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John G Johnson <john.g.johnson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Elena Ufimtseva <elena.ufimtseva@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: 0871ba857abb2eafacde07e7fe66a3f12415bfb2.1611938319.git.jag.raman@oracle.com
[Added PCI_EXPRESS condition in hw/remote/Kconfig since remote-pcihost
needs PCIe. This solves "make check" failure on s390x. Fix suggested by
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com> and Thomas Huth
<thuth@redhat.com>.
--Stefan]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Per MPC8548ERM [1] chapter 14.5.3.4.1:
When RCTRL.RSF is 1, frames less than 64 bytes are accepted upon
a DA match. But currently QEMU does the opposite. This commit
reverses the RCTRL.RSF testing logic to match the manual.
Due to the reverse of the logic, certain guests may potentially
break if they don't program eTSEC to have RCTRL.RSF bit set.
When RCTRL.RSF is 0, short frames are silently dropped, however
as of today both slirp and tap networking do not pad short frames
(e.g.: an ARP packet) to the minimum frame size of 60 bytes. So
ARP requests will be dropped, preventing the guest from becoming
visible on the network.
The same issue was reported on e1000 and vmxenet3 before, see:
commit 78aeb23ede ("e1000: Pad short frames to minimum size (60 bytes)")
commit 40a87c6c9b ("vmxnet3: Pad short frames to minimum size (60 bytes)")
[1] https://www.nxp.com/docs/en/reference-manual/MPC8548ERM.pdf
Fixes: eb1e7c3e51 ("Add Enhanced Three-Speed Ethernet Controller (eTSEC)")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Message-Id: <1612923021-19746-1-git-send-email-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
At present the <clock-frequency> property of the serial node is
populated with value zero. U-Boot's ns16550 driver is not happy
about this, so let's fill in a meaningful value.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <1612362288-22216-2-git-send-email-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
At present the platform clock frequency is using a magic number.
Convert it to a macro and use it everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bin.meng@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <f4bug@amsat.org>
Message-Id: <1612362288-22216-1-git-send-email-bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The current logic for calculating 'maxdomain' making it a sum of
numa_state->num_nodes with spapr->gpu_numa_id. spapr->gpu_numa_id is
used as a index to determine the next available NUMA id that a
given NVGPU can use.
The problem is that the initial value of gpu_numa_id, for any topology
that has more than one NUMA node, is equal to numa_state->num_nodes.
This means that our maxdomain will always be, at least, twice the
amount of existing NUMA nodes. This means that a guest with 4 NUMA
nodes will end up with the following max-associativity-domains:
rtas/ibm,max-associativity-domains
00000004 00000008 00000008 00000008 00000008
This overtuning of maxdomains doesn't go unnoticed in the guest, being
detected in SLUB during boot:
dmesg | grep SLUB
[ 0.000000] SLUB: HWalign=128, Order=0-3, MinObjects=0, CPUs=4, Nodes=8
SLUB is detecting 8 total nodes, with 4 nodes being online.
This patch fixes ibm,max-associativity-domains by considering the amount
of NVGPUs NUMA nodes presented in the guest, instead of just
spapr->gpu_numa_id.
Reported-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Tested-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210128174213.1349181-4-danielhb413@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
We'll need to check the initial value given to spapr->gpu_numa_id when
building the rtas DT, so put it in a helper for easier access and to
avoid repetition.
Tested-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210128174213.1349181-3-danielhb413@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
This function is used only in spapr_numa.c.
Tested-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210128174213.1349181-2-danielhb413@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
This to map the PNOR from the machine init handler directly and finish
the cleanup of the LPC model.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Message-Id: <20210126171059.307867-8-clg@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
On PowerNV systems, the BMC is in charge of mapping the PNOR contents
on the LPC FW address space using the HIOMAP protocol. Under QEMU, we
emulate this behavior and we also add an extra control on the flash
accesses by letting the HIOMAP command handler decide whether the
memory region is accessible or not depending on the firmware requests.
However, this behavior is not compatible with hostboot like firmwares
which need this mapping to be always available. For this reason, the
PNOR memory region is initially disabled for skiboot mode only.
This is badly placed under the LPC model and requires the use of the
machine. Since it doesn't add much, simply remove the initial setting.
The extra control in the HIOMAP command handler will still be performed.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Message-Id: <20210126171059.307867-7-clg@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The PowerNV machine can be run with an external IPMI BMC device
connected to a remote QEMU machine acting as BMC, using these options :
-chardev socket,id=ipmi0,host=localhost,port=9002,reconnect=10 \
-device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=bmc0,chardev=ipmi0 \
-device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=bmc0,irq=10 \
-nodefaults
In that case, some aspects of the BMC initialization should be
skipped, since they rely on the simulator interface.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Message-Id: <20210126171059.307867-6-clg@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
and reuse pnv_bmc_set_pnor() to share the setting of the PNOR.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Message-Id: <20210126171059.307867-5-clg@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The current settings are useful to load large kernels (with debug) but
it moves the initrd image in a memory region not protected by
skiboot. If skiboot is compiled with DEBUG=1, memory poisoning will
corrupt the initrd.
Cc: Murilo Opsfelder Araujo <muriloo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Message-Id: <20210126171059.307867-4-clg@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Murilo Opsfelder Araujo <muriloo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
ENDs allocated by OPAL for the HW thread VPs are tagged as owned by FW.
Dump the state in 'info pic'.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Message-Id: <20210126171059.307867-3-clg@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
On POWER9 systems, PHB controllers signal the XIVE interrupt controller
of a source interrupt notification using a store on a MMIO region. Add
traces for such events.
Signed-off-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Message-Id: <20210126171059.307867-2-clg@kaod.org>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
It is currently not possible to perform a strict boot from USB storage:
$ qemu-system-ppc64 -accel kvm -nodefaults -nographic -serial stdio \
-boot strict=on \
-device qemu-xhci \
-device usb-storage,drive=disk,bootindex=0 \
-blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=fedora-ppc64le.qcow2
SLOF **********************************************************************
QEMU Starting
Build Date = Jul 17 2020 11:15:24
FW Version = git-e18ddad8516ff2cf
Press "s" to enter Open Firmware.
Populating /vdevice methods
Populating /vdevice/vty@71000000
Populating /vdevice/nvram@71000001
Populating /pci@800000020000000
00 0000 (D) : 1b36 000d serial bus [ usb-xhci ]
No NVRAM common partition, re-initializing...
Scanning USB
XHCI: Initializing
USB Storage
SCSI: Looking for devices
101000000000000 DISK : "QEMU QEMU HARDDISK 2.5+"
Using default console: /vdevice/vty@71000000
Welcome to Open Firmware
Copyright (c) 2004, 2017 IBM Corporation All rights reserved.
This program and the accompanying materials are made available
under the terms of the BSD License available at
http://www.opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Trying to load: from: /pci@800000020000000/usb@0/storage@1/disk@101000000000000 ...
E3405: No such device
E3407: Load failed
Type 'boot' and press return to continue booting the system.
Type 'reset-all' and press return to reboot the system.
Ready!
0 >
The device tree handed over by QEMU to SLOF indeed contains:
qemu,boot-list =
"/pci@800000020000000/usb@0/storage@1/disk@101000000000000 HALT";
but the device node is named usb-xhci@0, not usb@0.
This happens because the firmware names of PCI devices returned
by get_boot_devices_list() come from pcibus_get_fw_dev_path(),
while the sPAPR PHB code uses a different naming scheme for
device nodes. This inconsistency has always been there but it was
hidden for a long time because SLOF used to rename USB device
nodes, until this commit, merged in QEMU 4.2.0 :
commit 85164ad4ed
Author: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Date: Wed Sep 11 16:24:32 2019 +1000
pseries: Update SLOF firmware image
This fixes USB host bus adapter name in the device tree to match QEMU's
one.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Kardashevskiy <aik@ozlabs.ru>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Fortunately, sPAPR implements the firmware path provider interface.
This provides a way to override the default firmware paths.
Just factor out the sPAPR PHB naming logic from spapr_dt_pci_device()
to a helper, and use it in the sPAPR firmware path provider hook.
Fixes: 85164ad4ed ("pseries: Update SLOF firmware image")
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <groug@kaod.org>
Message-Id: <20210122170157.246374-1-groug@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
In the CPU hotunplug bug [1] the guest kernel throws a scary
message in dmesg:
pseries-hotplug-cpu: Failed to offline CPU <NULL>, rc: -16
The reason isn't related to the bug though. This happens because the
kernel file arch/powerpc/platform/pseries/hotplug-cpu.c, function
dlpar_cpu_remove(), is not finding the device_node.name of the offending
CPU.
We're not populating the 'name' property for hotplugged CPUs. Since the
kernel relies on device_node.name for identifying CPU nodes, and the
CPUs that are coldplugged has the 'name' property filled by SLOF, this
is creating an unneeded inconsistency between hotplug and coldplug CPUs
in the kernel.
Let's fill the 'name' property for hotplugged CPUs as well. This will
make the guest dmesg throws a less intimidating message when we try to
unplug the last online CPU:
pseries-hotplug-cpu: Failed to offline CPU PowerPC,POWER9@1, rc: -16
[1] https://bugzilla.redhat.com/1911414
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210120232305.241521-3-danielhb413@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Next patch will use the 'nodename' string in spapr_core_dt_populate()
after the point it's being freed today.
Instead of moving 'g_free(nodename)' around, let's do a QoL change in
both CPU DT functions where 'nodename' is being freed, and use
g_autofree to avoid the 'g_free()' call altogether.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Henrique Barboza <danielhb413@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20210120232305.241521-2-danielhb413@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Add configuration options to enable or disable multiprocess QEMU code
Signed-off-by: John G Johnson <john.g.johnson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Elena Ufimtseva <elena.ufimtseva@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: 6cc37253e35418ebd7b675a31a3df6e3c7a12dc1.1611938319.git.jag.raman@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Allow RAM MemoryRegion to be created from an offset in a file, instead
of allocating at offset of 0 by default. This is needed to synchronize
RAM between QEMU & remote process.
Signed-off-by: Jagannathan Raman <jag.raman@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John G Johnson <john.g.johnson@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Elena Ufimtseva <elena.ufimtseva@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Message-id: 609996697ad8617e3b01df38accc5c208c24d74e.1611938319.git.jag.raman@oracle.com
Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Refactor the zone write check logic such that the most "meaningful"
error is returned first. That is, first, if the zone is not writable,
return an appropriate status code for that. Then, make sure we are
actually writing at the write pointer and finally check that we do not
cross the zone write boundary. This aligns with the "priority" of status
codes for zone read checks.
Also add a couple of additional descriptive trace events and remove an
always true assert.
Cc: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Tested-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
When a zone append is processed the controller checks that validity of
the write before assigning the LBA to the append command. This causes
the boundary check to be wrong.
Fix this by checking the write *after* assigning the LBA. Remove the
append special case from the nvme_check_zone_write and open code it in
nvme_do_write, assigning the slba when basic sanity checks have been
performed. Then check the validity of the resulting write like any other
write command.
In the process, also fix a missing endianness conversion for the zone
append ALBA.
Reported-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com>
Cc: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Tested-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
The actual parameter name is 'cross_read' rather than 'cross_zone_read'.
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Change status checks to align with the existing style and remove the
explicit check against NVME_SUCCESS.
Cc: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Currently, no features are saveable, so the current check is not wrong,
but add a check against the feature capabilities to make sure this will
not regress if saveable features are added later.
Signed-off-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Only enable DULBE if the namespace supports it.
Signed-off-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
If a user assigns a backing device with less capacity than the size of a
single zone, the namespace capacity will be reported as zero and the
kernel will silently fail to allocate the namespace.
This patch errors out in case that the backing device cannot accomodate
at least a single zone.
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
[k.jensen: small fixup in the error and commit message]
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
The controller now implements v1.4 and we can lift the restrictions on
CMB Data Pointer and Command Independent Locations Support (CDPCILS) and
CMB Data Pointer Mixed Locations Support (CDPMLS) since the device
really does not care about mixed host/cmb pointers in those cases.
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
With the new CMB logic in place, bump the implemented specification
version to v1.4 by default.
This requires adding the setting the CNTRLTYPE field and modifying the
VWC field since 0x00 is no longer a valid value for bits 2:1.
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Implement v1.4 logic for configuring the Controller Memory Buffer. By
default, the v1.4 scheme will be used (CMB must be explicitly enabled by
the host), so drivers that only support v1.3 will not be able to use the
CMB anymore.
To retain the v1.3 behavior, set the boolean 'legacy-cmb' nvme device
parameter.
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Padmakar Kalghatgi <p.kalghatgi@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Add support for the PMRMSCL and PMRMSCU MMIO registers. This allows
adding RDS/WDS support for PMR as well.
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Naveen Nagar <naveen.n1@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
The PMR should not be enabled at boot up. Disable the PMR MemoryRegion
initially and implement MMIO for PMRCTL, allowing the host to enable the
PMR explicitly.
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
The controller registers are initially zero. Remove the redundant
zeroing.
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Use the correct field names.
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
With BAR 4 now free to use, allow PMR and CMB to be enabled
simultaneously.
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
In the interest of supporting both CMB and PMR to be enabled on the same
device, move the MSI-X table and pending bit array out of BAR 4 and into
BAR 0.
This is a simplified version of the patch contributed by Andrzej
Jakowski (see [1]). Leaving the CMB at offset 0 removes the need for
changes to CMB address mapping code.
[1]: https://lore.kernel.org/qemu-devel/20200729220107.37758-3-andrzej.jakowski@linux.intel.com/
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
This patch sets CMBS bit in controller capabilities register when user
configures NVMe driver with CMB support, so capabilites are correctly
reported to guest OS.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Jakowski <andrzej.jakowski@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Maxim Levitsky <mlevitsky@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
64 bit registers like ASQ and ACQ should be writable by both a hi/lo 32
bit write combination as well as a plain 64 bit write. The spec does not
define ordering on the hi/lo split, but the code currently assumes that
the low order bits are written first. Additionally, the code does not
consider that another address might already have been written into the
register, causing the OR'ing to result in a bad address.
Fix this by explicitly overwriting only the low or high order bits for
32 bit writes.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Add the size of the mmio read/write to the trace event.
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
During smart critical warning injection by setting property from QMP
command, also try to trigger asynchronous event.
Suggested by Keith, if a event has already been raised, there is no
need to enqueue the duplicate event any more.
Signed-off-by: zhenwei pi <pizhenwei@bytedance.com>
[k.jensen: fix typo in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
There is a very low probability that hitting physical NVMe disk
hardware critical warning case, it's hard to write & test a monitor
agent service.
For debugging purposes, add a new 'smart_critical_warning' property
to emulate this situation.
The orignal version of this change is implemented by adding a fixed
property which could be initialized by QEMU command line. Suggested
by Philippe & Klaus, rework like current version.
Test with this patch:
1, change smart_critical_warning property for a running VM:
#virsh qemu-monitor-command nvme-upstream '{ "execute": "qom-set",
"arguments": { "path": "/machine/peripheral-anon/device[0]",
"property": "smart_critical_warning", "value":16 } }'
2, run smartctl in guest
#smartctl -H -l error /dev/nvme0n1
=== START OF SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART overall-health self-assessment test result: FAILED!
- volatile memory backup device has failed
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: zhenwei pi <pizhenwei@bytedance.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
The zone write pointer is unconditionally advanced, even for write
faults. Make sure that the zone is always transitioned to Full if the
write pointer reaches zone capacity.
Cc: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
nvme_ns_setup() finally does not have nothing to do with NvmeCtrl
instance.
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
In NVMe, namespace is being attached to process I/O. We register NVMe
namespace to a controller via nvme_register_namespace() during
nvme_ns_setup(). This is main reason of receiving NvmeCtrl object
instance to this function to map the namespace to a controller.
To make namespace instance more independent, it should be split into two
parts: setup and register. This patch split them into two differnt
parts, and finally nvme_ns_setup() does not have nothing to do with
NvmeCtrl instance at all.
This patch is a former patch to introduce NVMe subsystem scheme to the
existing design especially for multi-path. In that case, it should be
split into two to make namespace independent from a controller.
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Removed no longer used aregument NvmeCtrl object in nvme_ns_init_blk().
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Volatile Write Cache(VWC) feature is set in nvme_ns_setup() in the
initial time. This feature is related to block device backed, but this
feature is controlled in controller level via Set/Get Features command.
This patch removed dependency between nvme and nvme-ns to manage the VWC
flag value. Also, it open coded the Get Features for VWC to check all
namespaces attached to the controller, and if false detected, return
directly false.
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
[k.jensen: report write cache preset if present on ANY namespace]
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
nvme_ns_init_zoned() has no use for given NvmeCtrl object.
Signed-off-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
TP 4053 says (in section 2.3.1.1) -
... if a Zone Append command specifies a ZSLBA that is not the lowest
logical block address in that zone, then the controller shall abort
that command with a status code of Invalid Field In Command.
In the code, Zone Invalid Write is returned instead, fix this.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
nvme_io_cmd already checks if the namespace supports the Zone Append
command, so the removed check is dead code.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Add missing string representations for a couple of new commands.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
The zoned command set specification states that "All logical blocks in a
zone *shall* be marked as deallocated when [the zone is reset]". Since
the device guarantees 0x00 to be read from deallocated blocks we have to
issue a pwrite_zeroes since we cannot be sure that a discard will do
anything. But typically, this will be achieved with an efficient
unmap/discard operation.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Align with existing style and use a typedef for header-file enums.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Implicitly and explicitly opended zones are always bulk processed
together, so merge the two processing masks.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
A shutdown is only about flushing stuff. It is the host that should
delete any queues, so do not perform a reset here.
Also, on shutdown, make sure that the PMR is flushed if in use.
Fixes: 368f4e752cf9 ("hw/block/nvme: Process controller reset and shutdown differently")
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
The device uses the BDRV_BLOCK_ZERO flag to determine the "deallocated"
status of logical blocks. Since the zoned namespaces command set
specification defines that logical blocks SHALL be marked as deallocated
when the zone is in the Empty or Offline states, DULBE can only be
supported if the zone size is a multiple of the calculated deallocation
granularity (reported in NPDG) which depends on the underlying block
device cluster size (if applicable) or the configured
discard_granularity.
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Commit 1c0c2163aa ("hw/block/nvme: verify msix_init_exclusive_bar()
return value") had the unintended effect of breaking support on
several platforms not supporting MSI-X.
Still check for errors, but only report that MSI-X is unsupported
instead of bailing out.
Fixes: 1c0c2163aa ("hw/block/nvme: verify msix_init_exclusive_bar() return value")
Fixes: fbf2e5375e ("hw/block/nvme: Verify msix_vector_use() returned value")
Reported-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Mathieu-Daudé <philmd@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Added brief descriptions of the new device properties that are
now available to users to configure features of Zoned Namespace
Command Set in the emulator.
This patch is for documentation only, no functionality change.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Zone Descriptor Extension is a label that can be assigned to a zone.
It can be set to an Empty zone and it stays assigned until the zone
is reset.
This commit adds a new optional module property,
"zoned.descr_ext_size". Its value must be a multiple of 64 bytes.
If this value is non-zero, it becomes possible to assign extensions
of that size to any Empty zones. The default value for this property
is 0, therefore setting extensions is disabled by default.
Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Add two module properties, "zoned.max_active" and "zoned.max_open"
to control the maximum number of zones that can be active or open.
Once these variables are set to non-default values, these limits are
checked during I/O and Too Many Active or Too Many Open command status
is returned if they are exceeded.
Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
The emulation code has been changed to advertise NVM Command Set when
"zoned" device property is not set (default) and Zoned Namespace
Command Set otherwise.
Define values and structures that are needed to support Zoned
Namespace Command Set (NVMe TP 4053) in PCI NVMe controller emulator.
Define trace events where needed in newly introduced code.
In order to improve scalability, all open, closed and full zones
are organized in separate linked lists. Consequently, almost all
zone operations don't require scanning of the entire zone array
(which potentially can be quite large) - it is only necessary to
enumerate one or more zone lists.
Handlers for three new NVMe commands introduced in Zoned Namespace
Command Set specification are added, namely for Zone Management
Receive, Zone Management Send and Zone Append.
Device initialization code has been extended to create a proper
configuration for zoned operation using device properties.
Read/Write command handler is modified to only allow writes at the
write pointer if the namespace is zoned. For Zone Append command,
writes implicitly happen at the write pointer and the starting write
pointer value is returned as the result of the command. Write Zeroes
handler is modified to add zoned checks that are identical to those
done as a part of Write flow.
Subsequent commits in this series add ZDE support and checks for
active and open zone limits.
Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Holmberg <hans.holmberg@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Ajay Joshi <ajay.joshi@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Chaitanya Kulkarni <chaitanya.kulkarni@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Matias Bjorling <matias.bjorling@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Aravind Ramesh <aravind.ramesh@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Shin'ichiro Kawasaki <shinichiro.kawasaki@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Manzanares <adam.manzanares@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Many CNS commands have "allocated" command variants. These include
a namespace as long as it is allocated, that is a namespace is
included regardless if it is active (attached) or not.
While these commands are optional (they are mandatory for controllers
supporting the namespace attachment command), our QEMU implementation
is more complete by actually providing support for these CNS values.
However, since our QEMU model currently does not support the namespace
attachment command, these new allocated CNS commands will return the
same result as the active CNS command variants.
The reason for not hooking up this command completely is because the
NVMe specification requires the namespace management command to be
supported if the namespace attachment command is supported.
Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Define the structures and constants required to implement
Namespace Types support.
Namespace Types introduce a new command set, "I/O Command Sets",
that allows the host to retrieve the command sets associated with
a namespace. Introduce support for the command set and enable
detection for the NVM Command Set.
The new workflows for identify commands rely heavily on zero-filled
identify structs. E.g., certain CNS commands are defined to return
a zero-filled identify struct when an inactive namespace NSID
is supplied.
Add a helper function in order to avoid code duplication when
reporting zero-filled identify structures.
Signed-off-by: Niklas Cassel <niklas.cassel@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
This log page becomes necessary to implement to allow checking for
Zone Append command support in Zoned Namespace Command Set.
This commit adds the code to report this log page for NVM Command
Set only. The parts that are specific to zoned operation will be
added later in the series.
All incoming admin and i/o commands are now only processed if their
corresponding support bits are set in this log. This provides an
easy way to control what commands to support and what not to
depending on set CC.CSS.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
v2
Dropped vmstate: Fix memory leak in vmstate_handle_alloc
Broke on Power
Added migration: only check page size match if RAM postcopy is enabled
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=4tbe
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge remote-tracking branch 'remotes/dgilbert/tags/pull-migration-20210208a' into staging
Migration pull 2021-02-08
v2
Dropped vmstate: Fix memory leak in vmstate_handle_alloc
Broke on Power
Added migration: only check page size match if RAM postcopy is enabled
# gpg: Signature made Mon 08 Feb 2021 11:28:14 GMT
# gpg: using RSA key 45F5C71B4A0CB7FB977A9FA90516331EBC5BFDE7
# gpg: Good signature from "Dr. David Alan Gilbert (RH2) <dgilbert@redhat.com>" [full]
# Primary key fingerprint: 45F5 C71B 4A0C B7FB 977A 9FA9 0516 331E BC5B FDE7
* remotes/dgilbert/tags/pull-migration-20210208a: (27 commits)
migration: only check page size match if RAM postcopy is enabled
migration: introduce snapshot-{save, load, delete} QMP commands
iotests: fix loading of common.config from tests/ subdir
iotests: add support for capturing and matching QMP events
migration: introduce a delete_snapshot wrapper
migration: wire up support for snapshot device selection
migration: control whether snapshots are ovewritten
block: rename and alter bdrv_all_find_snapshot semantics
block: allow specifying name of block device for vmstate storage
block: add ability to specify list of blockdevs during snapshot
migration: stop returning errno from load_snapshot()
migration: Make save_snapshot() return bool, not 0/-1
block: push error reporting into bdrv_all_*_snapshot functions
migration: Display the migration blockers
migration: Add blocker information
migration: Fix a few absurdly defective error messages
migration: Fix cache_init()'s "Failed to allocate" error messages
migration: Clean up signed vs. unsigned XBZRLE cache-size
migration: Fix migrate-set-parameters argument validation
migration: introduce 'userfaultfd-wrlat.py' script
...
Signed-off-by: Peter Maydell <peter.maydell@linaro.org>
Move write processing to nvme_do_write() that now handles both WRITE
and WRITE ZEROES. Both nvme_write() and nvme_write_zeroes() become
inline helper functions.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
The majority of code in nvme_rw() is becoming read- or write-specific.
Move these parts to two separate handlers, nvme_read() and nvme_write()
to make the code more readable and to remove multiple is_write checks
that has been present in the i/o path.
This is a refactoring patch, no change in functionality.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
In NVMe 1.4, a namespace must report an ID descriptor of UUID type
if it doesn't support EUI64 or NGUID. Add a new namespace property,
"uuid", that provides the user the option to either specify the UUID
explicitly or have a UUID generated automatically every time a
namespace is initialized.
Suggested-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Niklas Cassel <Niklas.Cassel@wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Controller reset ans subsystem shutdown are handled very much the same
in the current code, but some of the steps should be different in these
two cases.
Introduce two new functions, nvme_reset_ctrl() and nvme_shutdown_ctrl(),
to separate some portions of the code from nvme_clear_ctrl(). The steps
that are made different between reset and shutdown are that BAR.CC is not
reset to zero upon the shutdown and namespace data is flushed to
backing storage as a part of shutdown handling, but not upon reset.
Suggested-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Fomichev <dmitry.fomichev@wdc.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Commit 37712e00b1 ("hw/block/nvme: factor out pmr setup") changed the
control flow such that the CAP register is erronously cleared after
nvme_init_pmr() has configured it. Since the entire NvmeCtrl structure
is zero-filled initially, there is no need for the explicit clearing, so
just remove it.
Fixes: 37712e00b1 ("hw/block/nvme: factor out pmr setup")
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Add the Compare command.
This implementation uses a bounce buffer to read in the data from
storage and then compare with the host supplied buffer.
Signed-off-by: Gollu Appalanaidu <anaidu.gollu@samsung.com>
[k.jensen: rebased]
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Add support for the Dataset Management command and the Deallocate
attribute. Deallocation results in discards being sent to the underlying
block device. Whether of not the blocks are actually deallocated is
affected by the same factors as Write Zeroes (see previous commit).
format | discard | dsm (512B) dsm (4KiB) dsm (64KiB)
--------------------------------------------------------
qcow2 ignore n n n
qcow2 unmap n n y
raw ignore n n n
raw unmap n y y
Again, a raw format and 4KiB LBAs are preferable.
In order to set the Namespace Preferred Deallocate Granularity and
Alignment fields (NPDG and NPDA), choose a sane minimum discard
granularity of 4KiB. If we are using a passthru device supporting
discard at a 512B granularity, user should set the discard_granularity
property explicitly. NPDG and NPDA will also account for the
cluster_size of the block driver if required (i.e. for QCOW2).
See NVM Express 1.3d, Section 6.7 ("Dataset Management command").
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Add support for reporting the Deallocated or Unwritten Logical Block
Error (DULBE).
Rely on the block status flags reported by the block layer and consider
any block with the BDRV_BLOCK_ZERO flag to be deallocated.
Multiple factors affect when a Write Zeroes command result in
deallocation of blocks.
* the underlying file system block size
* the blockdev format
* the 'discard' and 'logical_block_size' parameters
format | discard | wz (512B) wz (4KiB) wz (64KiB)
-----------------------------------------------------
qcow2 ignore n n y
qcow2 unmap n n y
raw ignore n y y
raw unmap n y y
So, this works best with an image in raw format and 4KiB LBAs, since
holes can then be punched on a per-block basis (this assumes a file
system with a 4kb block size, YMMV). A qcow2 image, uses a cluster size
of 64KiB by default and blocks will only be marked deallocated if a full
cluster is zeroed or discarded. However, this *is* consistent with the
spec since Write Zeroes "should" deallocate the block if the Deallocate
attribute is set and "may" deallocate if the Deallocate attribute is not
set. Thus, we always try to deallocate (the BDRV_REQ_MAY_UNMAP flag is
always set).
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Keith Busch <kbusch@kernel.org>
Add a new function, nvme_aio_err, to handle errors resulting from AIOs
and use this from the callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
nvme_check_bounds has no use of the NvmeCtrl parameter; remove it.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Jensen <k.jensen@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Minwoo Im <minwoo.im.dev@gmail.com>
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé